ADTRAN | MX3112 | System Manual | Adtran MX3112 System Manual

Adtran MX3112 System Manual
MX
3RM
M
NE
T
ETHE
RNET
®
MX3112
System Manual
Document Number: 61189901L1-1B
October 2007
MX3112 System Manual
Trademarks
Front Matter
Any brand names and product names included in this document are trademarks, registered
trademarks, or trade names of their respective holders.
To the Holder of the Document
The contents of this document are current as of the date of publication. ADTRAN® reserves the
right to change the contents without prior notice.
In no event will ADTRAN be liable for any special, incidental, or consequential damages or for
commercial losses even if ADTRAN has been advised thereof as a result of issue of this
document.
®
901 Explorer Boulevard
P.O. Box 140000
Huntsville, AL 35814-4000
(256) 963-8000
©2007 ADTRAN, Inc.
All Rights Reserved.
ii
61189901L1-1B
Revision History
Revision
Date
A
June 2006
B
October 2007
Description of Changes
This version of the manual reflects application software version
B01.
For this version, added the MX3112 Controller Card (P/N
1189901L2). This version of the manual reflects application software version D01.
Conventions
The following typographical conventions are used in this document:
This font indicates a cross-reference link.
This font indicates screen menus, fields, and parameters.
THIS FONT indicates keyboard keys (ENTER, ESC, ALT). Keys that are to be pressed simultaneously are shown with a plus sign (ALT+X indicates that the ALT key and X key should be
pressed at the same time).
This font indicates references to other documentation and is also used for emphasis.
This font indicates on-screen messages and prompts.
This font indicates text to be typed exactly as shown.
This font indicates silk-screen labels or other system label items.
This font is used for strong emphasis.
NOTE
Notes inform the user of additional, but essential, information or
features.
CAUTION
Cautions inform the user of potential damage, malfunction, or disruption to equipment, software, or environment.
WARNING
Warnings inform the user of potential bodily pain, injury, or death.
61189901L1-1B
iii
MX3112 System Manual
Training
ADTRAN offers training courses on our products. These courses include overviews on product
features and functions while covering applications of ADTRAN product lines. ADTRAN
provides a variety of training options, including customized training and courses taught at our
facilities or at customer sites.
For inquiries concerning training, contact ADTRAN:
Training Phone:
800-615-1176, ext. 7500
Training Fax:
256-963-6700
Training Email:
training@adtran.com
iv
61189901L1-1B
Contents
Section 1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Data Path Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Copper Mode Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DS3 Mode Block Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Path Provisioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The Quick Setup Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flow System Provisioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-3
1-3
1-4
1-7
1-7
1-7
1-7
Front Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
ACO Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Section 2
Engineering Guidelines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Dimensions of Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
System Power Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Configurations - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Configurations - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuse Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3
2-3
2-4
2-5
Network Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Cable Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
DSX-1 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Section 3
Application Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Bookend MX3112 Systems - Copper Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Bookend MX3112 Systems - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
OPTI-6100 and MX3112 Systems - Copper Mode and DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
61189901L1-1B
v
MX3112 System Manual
Section 4
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Required Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Required Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Installing the MX3 Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rackmount Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wallmount Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Chassis Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2
4-2
4-2
4-4
4-5
4-7
Installing Cards and Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the Fan Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the MX3112 Controller Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the MX3ETH4 Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-10
4-10
4-11
4-12
Section 5
Provisioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Provisioning Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Flow System Provisioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
EVCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
EVC Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
EVC Alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
EVC Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
EVC State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
EVC Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
EVC VLAN ID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
CE-VLAN ID Preservation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Map Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Associated EVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Map Alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Map Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Map State. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
UNI Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
CE VLAN ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
CE VLAN P-bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
DSCP value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Untagged and Priority Tagged Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Class of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Example #1: Two CE VLANs Mapped to Two EVCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Example #2: Two CE VLANs Mapped to One EVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Bandwidth Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Bandwidth Profile Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Profile Alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Profile Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Profile State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
UNI port of profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
EVC of profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
vi
61189901L1-1B
Contents
CoS value(s) of profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rate Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example #1: Ingress Bandwidth Profile per UNI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example #2: Ingress Bandwidth Profile per EVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example #3: Ingress Bandwidth Profile per Class of Service Identifier on an EVC . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example #4: Ingress Bandwidth Profile per Custom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rules for Provisioning Maps, EVCs, and Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-16
5-16
5-16
5-16
5-16
5-16
5-17
5-18
5-19
5-21
5-22
Section 6
User Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
System Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Craft Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Remote Menu (DS1 Mode Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Network Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Network Management Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Example 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Example 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Example 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Logging on to the MX3112 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Menu Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Menu Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Menu Trees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
Menu Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MX3112 Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuration Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provisioning Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application Mode Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E1 Framing Mode Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DS3 Interface Menu - DS3 Mode Only. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment Identification Menu - DS3 Mode Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DS1/E1 Port Interfaces Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DS1/E1 Port Provisioning Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Copy Provisioning to Multiple Ports Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DS1/E1 Bonding Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DS1/E1 Port 1–12 Menu - Copper Mode Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DS3 Tributary Provisioning Menu - DS3 Mode Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Timing Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Timing Mode Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Link Identifiers Menu (DS1 Mode Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Link Identifiers DS1 Port Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bonding Groups Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
61189901L1-1B
6-51
6-51
6-53
6-55
6-57
6-60
6-62
6-64
6-66
6-68
6-71
6-73
6-75
6-77
6-79
6-82
6-83
6-85
6-86
vii
MX3112 System Manual
Bonding Group Provisioning Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-88
Flows Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-90
EVCs Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-91
Edit EVC Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-93
Maps Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-95
Edit Map Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-97
Profiles Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-100
Edit Profile Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-102
Quick-Set Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-105
Egress Queue Depths Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-107
Ethernet Client Ports Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-108
Ethernet Client Ports Provisioning Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-109
Equipment Protection Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-111
General Provisioning Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-112
Network Management Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-114
Management Mode Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-116
Rear Ethernet Interface Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-118
Network Service Ports Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-120
SNMP Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-121
Trap Host Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-123
Auto Save Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-125
Security Administration Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-126
Users Currently Logged On Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-127
Edit Accounts Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-128
Edit User Account Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-130
Access Tech Support Account Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-131
Quick Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-132
Status Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-136
Controller Equipment Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-138
DS3 Status Menu - DS3 Mode Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-140
Environmental Alarms Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-144
Ethernet Client Ports Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-146
DS1/E1 Ports Status Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-147
Bonding Group Status Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-149
Test Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-152
DS1/E1 Port Test Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-154
Bonding DS1/E1s Menu - Copper Mode Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-156
Bonding DS1s Menu - DS3 Mode Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-157
DS3 Test Menu - DS3 Mode Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-159
DS1s in DS3 Menu - DS3 Mode Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-160
DS1 in DS3 Test Menu - DS3 Mode Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-161
Test Alarm Relays Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-163
Performance Monitoring Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-165
DS3 Stats Menu - DS3 Mode Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-167
Near End Daily Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-170
Near End Quarter Hourly Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-171
Far End Daily Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-172
Far End Quarter Hourly Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-173
Near End Thresholds Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-175
Threshold and Alarm Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-176
Far End Thresholds Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-177
Threshold and Alarm Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-178
DS1/E1 Port Stats Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-179
viii
61189901L1-1B
Contents
DS1/E1 # Port Stats Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Near End Daily Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Near End Quarter Hourly Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Near End Thresholds Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Threshold and Alarm Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DS1/E1 Bonding Stats Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DS1/E1 # Bonding Stats Menu - Copper Mode Only. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DS1 Tributary # Bonding Stats Menu - DS3 Mode Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Near End Daily Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Near End Quarter Hourly Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Far End Daily Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Far End Quarter Hourly Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Near End Thresholds Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Threshold and Alarm Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Far End Thresholds Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Threshold and Alarm Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bonding Group Stats Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bonding Group # Stats Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Daily Performance Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quarter Hourly Performance Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thresholds Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Threshold and Alarm Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ethernet Stats Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ethernet Port # Stats Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Daily Performance Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quarter Hourly Performance Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thresholds Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Threshold and Alarm Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Alarms Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Master Alarms Log Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Controller Alarms Log Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
User-Definable Alarms Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental Alarms Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auxiliary Input Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote Management Menu (DS1 Mode Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Firmware Upgrade Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Method Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TFTP Update Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TFTP Update Status Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Logout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-180
6-181
6-182
6-183
6-184
6-185
6-187
6-189
6-192
6-193
6-194
6-195
6-196
6-197
6-198
6-199
6-200
6-201
6-202
6-203
6-204
6-205
6-206
6-207
6-209
6-210
6-211
6-212
6-213
6-214
6-216
6-218
6-219
6-220
6-221
6-222
6-223
6-224
6-225
6-226
6-227
Section 7
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
MX3 Fan Module Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Firmware Upgrade Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Upgrading a Redundant System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Controller-to-Controller Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
61189901L1-1B
ix
MX3112 System Manual
Appendix A
Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
Warranty and Customer Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADTRAN Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADTRAN Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADTRAN Repair/CAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repair and Return Address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
x
A-1
A-1
A-1
A-1
A-1
61189901L1-1B
Figures
Figures
Figure 1-1.
Figure 1-2.
Figure 1-3.
Figure 1-4.
Figure 1-5.
Figure 3-1.
Figure 3-2.
Figure 3-3.
Figure 3-4.
Figure 3-5.
Figure 3-6.
Figure 4-1.
Figure 4-2.
Figure 4-3.
Figure 4-4.
Figure 4-5.
Figure 4-6.
Figure 4-7.
Figure 4-8.
Figure 4-9.
Figure 5-1.
Figure 5-2.
Figure 5-3.
Figure 5-4.
Figure 5-5.
Figure 6-1.
Figure 6-2.
Figure 6-3.
Figure 6-4.
Figure 6-5.
Figure 6-6.
Figure 6-7.
Figure 6-8.
Figure 6-9.
Figure 6-10.
Figure 6-11.
Figure 6-12.
Figure 6-13.
Figure 6-14.
Figure 6-15.
Figure 6-16.
Figure 6-17.
Figure 6-18.
Figure 6-19.
Figure 6-20.
Figure 6-21.
Figure 6-22.
Figure 6-23.
MX3112 System Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Copper Mode Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
DS3 Mode Block Diagram - List 1 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
DS3 Mode Block Diagram - List 2 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
MX3112 Controller Card LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Physical Configuration of Bookend MX3112 Systems - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Logical Configuration of Bookend MX3112 Systems - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Physical Configuration of Bookend MX3112 Systems - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Logical Configuration of Bookend MX3112 Systems - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Physical Configuration of OPTI-6100 and MX3112 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Logical Configuration of OPTI-6100 and MX3112 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
19-inch Rack Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
23-inch Rack Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Wallmount Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Power Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Fuse and Alarm Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
MX3 Chassis Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
MX3 Fan Module Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
MX3112 Controller Card Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
MX3ETH4 Module Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
E-Line service using a Point-to-Point EVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
E-Line service using two Point-to-Point EVCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
E-Line service using two Point-to-Point EVCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
E-Line service using a Point-to-Point EVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
E-Line service using a Point-to-Point EVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Craft Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Remote Management Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Quick Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Management Mode Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Management Mode Selection Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Management VLAN ID Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Management Port/Group Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
VLAN-Based Management of a Remote MX3112 through a GEFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
VLAN-Based Management of a Remote MX3112 through Two GEFMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
VLAN-Based Management of Local and Remote MX3112s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
MX3112 Main Menu Tree - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Provisioning Menu Trees - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Network Management Menu Tree - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
Quick Setup Menu Tree - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Status and Test Menu Trees - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
Performance Monitoring Menu Tree - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
DS1 Port Statistics Menu Tree - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
DS1 Bonding Statistics Menu Tree - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
Bonding Group Statistics Menu Tree - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
Ethernet Client Statistics Menu Tree - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
System Alarms and Firmware Upgrade Menu Trees - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
MX3112 Main Menu Tree - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
Provisioning Menu Trees - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
61189901L1-1B
xi
MX3112 System Manual
Figure 6-24.
Figure 6-25.
Figure 6-26.
Figure 6-27.
Figure 6-28.
Figure 6-29.
Figure 6-30.
Figure 6-31.
Figure 6-32.
Figure 6-33.
Figure 6-34.
Figure 6-35.
Figure 6-36.
Figure 6-37.
Figure 6-38.
Figure 6-39.
Figure 6-40.
Figure 6-41.
Figure 6-42.
Figure 6-43.
Figure 6-44.
Figure 6-45.
Figure 6-46.
Figure 6-47.
Figure 6-48.
Figure 6-49.
Figure 6-50.
Figure 6-51.
Figure 6-52.
Figure 6-53.
Figure 6-54.
Figure 6-55.
Figure 6-56.
Figure 6-57.
Figure 6-58.
Figure 6-59.
Figure 6-60.
Figure 6-61.
Figure 6-62.
Figure 6-63.
Figure 6-64.
Figure 6-65.
Figure 6-66.
Figure 6-67.
Figure 6-68.
Figure 6-69.
Figure 6-70.
Figure 6-71.
Figure 6-72.
Figure 6-73.
Figure 6-74.
xii
Network Management Menu Tree - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
Quick Setup Menu Tree - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
Status and Test Menu Trees - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
Performance Monitoring Menu Tree - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
DS3 Statistics Menu Tree - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44
DS1 Port Statistics Menu Tree - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
DS1 Bonding Statistics Menu Tree - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
Bonding Group Statistics Menu Tree - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
Ethernet Client Statistics Menu Tree - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
System Alarms and Firmware Upgrade Menu Trees - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
MX3112 Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51
Configuration Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
Provisioning Menu - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55
Provisioning Menu - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55
Application Mode Menu - DS1 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57
Application Mode Menu - E1 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57
E1 Framing Mode Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60
DS3 Interface Menu - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-62
Equipment Identification Menu - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-64
DS1/E1 Port Interfaces Menu - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-66
DS1/E1 Port Interfaces Menu - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-66
DS1/E1 Port Provisioning Menu - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-68
DS1/E1 Port Provisioning Menu - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-69
Copy Provisioning to Multiple Ports Menu - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-71
Copy Provisioning to Multiple Ports Menu - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-71
DS1/E1 Bonding Menu - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-73
DS1/E1 Bonding Menu - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-73
DS1/E1 Port 1–12 Menu - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-75
DS3 Tributary Provisioning Menu - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-77
Timing Menu (Timing Mode = Local or Loop) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-79
Timing Menu (Timing Mode = Line) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-80
Timing Mode Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-82
Link Identifiers Menu - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-83
Link Identifiers Menu - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-83
Link Identifiers DS1 Port Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-85
Bonding Groups Menu - RT Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-86
Bonding Groups Menu - COT Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-86
Bonding Group Provisioning Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-88
Flows Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-90
EVCs Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-91
Edit EVC Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-93
Maps Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-95
Edit Map Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-97
Profiles Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-100
Edit Profile Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-102
Quick-Set Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-105
One-to-One Port/Group Mapping with Default EVC VIDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-106
One-to-One Port/Group Mapping with Transparent EVCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-106
Egress Queue Depths Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-107
Ethernet Client Ports Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-108
Ethernet Client Ports Provisioning Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-109
61189901L1-1B
Figures
Figure 6-75.
Figure 6-76.
Figure 6-77.
Figure 6-78.
Figure 6-79.
Figure 6-80.
Figure 6-81.
Figure 6-82.
Figure 6-83.
Figure 6-84.
Figure 6-85.
Figure 6-86.
Figure 6-87.
Figure 6-88.
Figure 6-89.
Figure 6-90.
Figure 6-91.
Figure 6-92.
Figure 6-93.
Figure 6-94.
Figure 6-95.
Figure 6-96.
Figure 6-97.
Figure 6-98.
Figure 6-99.
Figure 6-100.
Figure 6-101.
Figure 6-102.
Figure 6-103.
Figure 6-104.
Figure 6-105.
Figure 6-106.
Figure 6-107.
Figure 6-108.
Figure 6-109.
Figure 6-110.
Figure 6-111.
Figure 6-112.
Figure 6-113.
Figure 6-114.
Figure 6-115.
Figure 6-116.
Figure 6-117.
Figure 6-118.
Figure 6-119.
Figure 6-120.
Figure 6-121.
Figure 6-122.
Figure 6-123.
Figure 6-124.
Figure 6-125.
Equipment Protection Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-111
General Provisioning Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-112
Network Management Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-114
Management Mode Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-116
Rear Ethernet Interface Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-118
Network Service Ports Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-120
SNMP Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-121
Trap Host Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-123
Auto Save Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-125
Security Administration Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-126
Users Currently Logged On Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-127
Edit Accounts Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-128
Edit User Account Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-130
Access Tech Support Account Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-131
Quick Setup Menu - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-132
Quick Setup Menu - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-133
Status Menu - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-136
Status Menu - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-136
Controller Equipment Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-138
DS3 Status Menu - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-140
Environmental Alarms Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-144
Ethernet Client Ports Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-146
DS1/E1 Ports Status Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-147
Bonding Group Status Screen - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-149
Bonding Group Status Screen - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-149
Test Menu - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-152
Test Menu - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-152
DS1/E1 Port Test Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-154
Bonding DS1/E1s Menu - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-156
Bonding DS1s Menu - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-157
DS3 Test Menu - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-159
DS1s in DS3 Menu - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-160
DS1 in DS3 Test Menu - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-161
Test Alarm Relays Menu (Alarm Relay Test Status = Inactive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-163
Test Alarm Relays Menu (Alarm Relay Test Status = Active) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-163
Performance Monitoring Menu - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-165
Performance Monitoring Menu - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-165
DS3 Stats Menu - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-167
Near End Daily Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-170
Near End Quarter Hourly Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-171
24-Hour History Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-171
Far End Daily Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-172
Far End Quarter Hourly Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-173
24-Hour History Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-174
Near End Thresholds Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-175
Threshold and Alarm Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-176
Far End Thresholds Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-177
Threshold and Alarm Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-178
DS1/E1 Port Stats Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-179
DS1/E1 # Port Stats Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-180
Near End Daily Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-181
61189901L1-1B
xiii
MX3112 System Manual
Figure 6-126.
Figure 6-127.
Figure 6-128.
Figure 6-129.
Figure 6-130.
Figure 6-131.
Figure 6-132.
Figure 6-133.
Figure 6-134.
Figure 6-135.
Figure 6-136.
Figure 6-137.
Figure 6-138.
Figure 6-139.
Figure 6-140.
Figure 6-141.
Figure 6-142.
Figure 6-143.
Figure 6-144.
Figure 6-145.
Figure 6-146.
Figure 6-147.
Figure 6-148.
Figure 6-149.
Figure 6-150.
Figure 6-151.
Figure 6-152.
Figure 6-153.
Figure 6-154.
Figure 6-155.
Figure 6-156.
Figure 6-157.
Figure 6-158.
Figure 6-159.
Figure 6-160.
Figure 6-161.
Figure 6-162.
Figure 6-163.
Figure 6-164.
Figure 6-165.
Figure 6-166.
Figure 6-167.
Figure 6-168.
Figure 6-169.
Figure 6-170.
Figure 7-1.
Figure 7-2.
Figure 7-3.
xiv
Near End Quarter Hourly Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-182
24-Hour History Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-182
Near End Thresholds Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-183
Threshold and Alarm Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-184
DS1/E1 Bonding Stats Menu - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-185
DS1 Bonding Stats Menu - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-185
DS1/E1 # Bonding Stats Menu - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-187
DS1 Tributary # Bonding Stats Menu - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-189
Near End Daily Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-192
Near End Quarter Hourly Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-193
24-Hour History Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-193
Far End Daily Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-194
Far End Quarter Hourly Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-195
24-Hour History Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-195
Near End Thresholds Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-196
Threshold and Alarm Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-197
Far End Thresholds Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-198
Threshold and Alarm Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-199
Bonding Group Stats Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-200
Bonding Group # Stats Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-201
Daily Performance Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-202
Quarter Hourly Performance Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-203
24-Hour History Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-203
Thresholds Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-204
Threshold and Alarm Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-205
Ethernet Stats Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-206
Ethernet Port # Stats Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-207
Daily Performance Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-209
Detailed Daily Performance Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-209
Quarter Hourly Performance Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-210
24-Hour History Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-210
Thresholds Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-211
Threshold and Alarm Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-212
System Alarms Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-213
Master Alarms Log Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-214
Controller Alarms Log Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-216
User-Definable Alarms Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-218
Environmental Alarms Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-219
Auxiliary Input Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-220
Power Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-221
Remote Management Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-222
Firmware Upgrade Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-223
Method Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-224
TFTP Update Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-225
TFTP Update Status Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-226
Firmware Upgrade Method Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Firmware Upgrade Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Method Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
61189901L1-1B
Tables
Tables
Table 1-1.
Table 1-2.
Table 1-3.
Table 1-4.
Table 1-5.
Table 1-6.
Table 2-1.
Table 2-2.
Table 2-3.
Table 2-4.
Table 2-5.
Table 2-6.
Table 2-7.
Table 3-1.
Table 4-1.
Table 4-2.
Table 4-3.
Table 5-1.
Table 5-2.
Table 5-3.
Table 5-4.
Table 5-5.
Table 5-6.
Table 5-7.
Table 5-8.
Table 5-9.
Table 5-10.
Table 5-11.
Table 5-12.
Table 6-1.
Table 6-2.
Table 6-3.
Table 6-4.
Table 6-5.
Table 6-6.
Table 6-7.
Table 6-8.
Table 6-9.
Table 6-10.
Table 6-11.
Table 6-12.
Table 6-13.
Table 6-14.
Table 6-15.
Table 6-16.
Table 6-17.
Table 6-18.
Table 6-19.
MX3112 System Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Tributaries for Channelized DS3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Mapping and Bonding Group Assignments - List 1 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Mapping and Bonding Group Assignments - List 2 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Active MX3112 Controller Card LED Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Standby MX3112 Controller Card LED Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
MX3112 Equipment Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Maximum Current Draw - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Heat Dissipation - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Maximum Current Draw - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Heat Dissipation - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Fuse Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Amphenol Connector Pin List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Equipment Required - MX3112 Ethernet Transport Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Amphenol Connector Pin List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
AUX Inputs 1 - 8 Pin List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Ethernet Pin Assignments for Ports 1–4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Default Provisioning Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Additional Default Provisioning Options for DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
EVC Status Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
EVC State Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
CE-VLAN ID Preservation Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Map Status Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Map State Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Untagged and Priority Tagged Frame Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Profile Status Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Profile State Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Application Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Rate Coupling Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
MX3112 Keyboard Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
MX3112 Main Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51
Configuration Screen Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
Provisioning Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56
Application Mode Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58
Application Mode Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59
E1 Framing Mode Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60
DS3 Interface Menu Options - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-62
Equipment Identification Menu Options - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-64
DS1 Port Interfaces Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-67
DS1/E1 Port Provisioning Menu Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-69
Copy Provisioning to Multiple Ports Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-72
DS1/E1 Bonding Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-74
DS1/E1 Bonding Menu Hot Keys - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-74
DS1/E1 Port 1–12 Menu Options - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-75
DS3 Tributary Provisioning Menu Options - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-77
Timing Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-79
Timing Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-80
Timing Mode Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-82
61189901L1-1B
xv
MX3112 System Manual
Table 6-20.
Table 6-21.
Table 6-22.
Table 6-23.
Table 6-24.
Table 6-25.
Table 6-26.
Table 6-27.
Table 6-28.
Table 6-29.
Table 6-30.
Table 6-31.
Table 6-32.
Table 6-33.
Table 6-34.
Table 6-35.
Table 6-36.
Table 6-37.
Table 6-38.
Table 6-39.
Table 6-40.
Table 6-41.
Table 6-42.
Table 6-43.
Table 6-44.
Table 6-45.
Table 6-46.
Table 6-47.
Table 6-48.
Table 6-49.
Table 6-50.
Table 6-51.
Table 6-52.
Table 6-53.
Table 6-54.
Table 6-55.
Table 6-56.
Table 6-57.
Table 6-58.
Table 6-59.
Table 6-60.
Table 6-61.
Table 6-62.
Table 6-63.
Table 6-64.
Table 6-65.
Table 6-66.
Table 6-67.
Table 6-68.
Table 6-69.
Table 6-70.
xvi
Link Identifiers Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-84
Link Identifiers Menu Hot Keys - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-84
Link Identifiers DS1 Port Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-85
Bonding Groups Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-87
Bonding Group Provisioning Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-88
Flows Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-90
EVCs Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-91
EVCs Menu Hot Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-92
Edit EVC Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-93
EVC Status Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-94
Maps Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-95
Maps Menu Hot Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-96
Edit Map Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-97
Map Status Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-98
Maps Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-100
Profiles Menu Hot Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-101
Edit Profile Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-102
Profile Status Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-103
Quick-Set Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-105
Egress Queue Depths Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-107
Ethernet Client Port Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-108
Ethernet Client Ports Provisioning Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-109
Equipment Protection Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-111
General Provisioning Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-113
Network Management Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-114
Management Mode Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-116
Management Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-117
Rear Ethernet Interface Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-118
Network Service Ports Menu Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-120
SNMP Menu Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-121
Trap Host Menu Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-123
Trap Host Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-124
Auto Save Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-125
Security Administration Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-126
Users Currently Logged On Screen Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-127
Edit Accounts Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-128
Edit Accounts Menu Hot Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-128
Edit User Accounts Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-129
Edit User Account Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-130
Quick Setup Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-133
Status Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-137
Controller Equipment Screen Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-138
Status for Active Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-138
Status for Standby Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-139
Alarm Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-139
DS3 Status Menu Fields - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-140
Alarm Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-141
Remote System Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-142
DS2 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-143
DS3 Status Menu Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-143
Environmental Alarms Screen Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-144
61189901L1-1B
Tables
Table 6-71.
Table 6-72.
Table 6-73.
Table 6-74.
Table 6-75.
Table 6-76.
Table 6-77.
Table 6-78.
Table 6-79.
Table 6-80.
Table 6-81.
Table 6-82.
Table 6-83.
Table 6-84.
Table 6-85.
Table 6-86.
Table 6-87.
Table 6-88.
Table 6-89.
Table 6-90.
Table 6-91.
Table 6-92.
Table 6-93.
Table 6-94.
Table 6-95.
Table 6-96.
Table 6-97.
Table 6-98.
Table 6-99.
Table 6-100.
Table 6-101.
Table 6-102.
Table 6-103.
Table 6-104.
Table 6-105.
Table 6-106.
Table 6-107.
Table 6-108.
Table 6-109.
Table 6-110.
Table 6-111.
Table 6-112.
Table 6-113.
Table 6-114.
Table 6-115.
Table 6-116.
Table 6-117.
Table 6-118.
Table 6-119.
Table 6-120.
Table 6-121.
Environmental Alarm External Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-145
Ethernet Client Ports Screen Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-146
DS1/E1 Ports Status Screen Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-147
Bonding Group Status Screen Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-150
Bonding Group States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-150
Bonding Group Status Screen Hot Keys - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-150
DS1/E1 Port States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-151
Test Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-153
DS1/E1 Port Test Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-154
Bonding DS1/E1s Menu Options - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-156
Bonded DS1/E1 Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-156
Bonding DS1s Menu Options - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-157
DS1 Tributary Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-158
DS3 Test Menu Options - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-159
DS1s in DS3 Menu Options - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-160
DS1 in DS3 Test Menu Options - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-161
Test Alarm Relays Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-164
Performance Monitoring Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-166
DS3 Stats Menu Options - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-167
DS3 Near End Parameter Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-168
DS3 Far End Parameter Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-169
Near End Thresholds Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-175
Threshold and Alarm Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-176
Far End Thresholds Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-177
Threshold and Alarm Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-178
DS1/E1 Port Stats Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-179
DS1/E1 # Port Stats Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-180
Near End Parameter Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-181
Near End Thresholds Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-183
Threshold and Alarm Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-184
DS1/E1 Bonding Stats Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-186
DS1/E1 # Bonding Stats Menu Options - Copper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-187
DS1 Tributary # Bonding Stats Menu Options - DS3 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-189
Near End Parameter Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-190
Far End Parameter Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-191
Near End Thresholds Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-196
Threshold and Alarm Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-197
Far End Thresholds Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-198
Threshold and Alarm Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-199
Bonding Group Stats Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-200
Bonding Group # Stats Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-201
Bonding Group Parameter Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-202
Thresholds Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-204
Threshold and Alarm Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-205
Ethernet Stats Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-206
Ethernet Port # Stats Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-207
Ethernet Parameter Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-208
Thresholds Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-211
Threshold and Alarm Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-212
System Alarms Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-213
Master Alarms Log Screen Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-214
61189901L1-1B
xvii
MX3112 System Manual
Table 6-122.
Table 6-123.
Table 6-124.
Table 6-125.
Table 6-126.
Table 6-127.
Table 6-128.
Table 6-129.
Table 6-130.
Table 6-131.
Table 6-132.
Table 6-133.
Table 6-134.
Table 6-135.
Table 6-136.
xviii
Master Alarms Log Screen Hot Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-215
Controller Alarms Log Screen Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-216
Controller Alarms Log Screen Hot Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-217
User-Definable Alarms Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-218
Environmental Alarms Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-219
Auxiliary Input Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-220
Power Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-221
Remote Management Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-222
Firmware Upgrade Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-223
Method Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-224
Method Menu Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-225
TFTP Update Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-225
TFTP Update Status Screen Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-226
TFTP Download Progress Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-227
TFTP Update Status Screen Hot Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-227
61189901L1-1B
Section 1
Introduction
GENERAL
The MX3112 system (see Figure 1-1) enables Ethernet service delivery over multiple bonded
DS1 or E1 paths. Depending on the controller card, the MX3112 system bonds up to twelve
DS1/E1 channels (MX3112 Controller Card, P/N 1189901L1) or up to sixteen DS1 channels
(MX3112 Controller Card, P/N 1189901L2) into bonding groups to conduct Ethernet traffic
from four 10/100Base-T Ethernet ports.
B
A
MX3 Fan Module
MX3112 Controller Card
MX3 4-Port Ethernet Module
MX3 Chassis
Figure 1-1. MX3112 System Front Panel
The MX3112 system components are provided in Table 1-1.
Table 1-1. MX3112 System Part Numbers
Description
Part Number
CLEI
MX3 Chassis
1189001L1
M3M2A00A_ _
MX3112 Controller Card (List 1 Controller)
1189901L1
M3CU100B_ _
or
or
MX3112 Controller Card (List 2 Controller)
1189901L2
M3CU180B_ _
MX3 4-Port 10/100Base-T Ethernet Module (MX3ETH4)
1189902L1
M3LIPC0A_ _
MX3 Fan Module
1189007L1
M3CU270B_ _
MX3 Controller Blank Plug
1189005L1
N/A
MX3 Module Blank Plug
1189006L1
N/A
For detailed specification information on the products listed, refer to the “Section 2,
Engineering Guidelines”.
61189901L1-1B
1-1
MX3112 System Manual
FEATURES
The major features of the MX3112 system are as follows:
• Chassis supports dual controller cards and two expansion modules
• Rack-mountable chassis (19-inch or 23-inch racks)
• Compact 1 RU size
• Hot-swappable controller cards provide 1:1 redundancy
• Bonds up to sixteen DS1s or twelve E1s into up to four bonding groups for Ethernet
delivery
• Supports four 10/100Base-T Ethernet facilities
• Supports a variety of application modes
• Provides graceful handling of impairments of bonded DS1s or E1s
• Provides monitoring of differential delay (skew) on bonded DS1s or E1s
• Supports a system of flow provisioning that is consistent with Metro Ethernet Forum (MEF)
guidelines
• Supports a variety of transmit timing options for bonded DS1s or E1s
• Supports a variety of methods of management
– VT100 menus via front panel RS-232 craft port
– VT100 menus of a remote MX3112 system accessible via an in-band channel from a
local MX3112 system or OPTI-6100® GEFM module
– Ethernet connectivity providing VT100 menus, TL1 access, and SNMP access either
locally via a RJ-45 10/100Base-T Ethernet port on the chassis or remotely via a VLAN
on a designated bonding group or customer Ethernet port
• Supports a comprehensive suite of loopbacks and other test features
• Supports a comprehensive suite of performance monitoring statistics for all interfaces
• Supports a large variety of applications involving other MX3112 systems and the OPTI6100 GEFM module (P/N 1184535L1)
• NEBS Level 3 compliant
• Powered via ±24 VDC or –48 VDC
• Extended temperature range, –40°C to +65°C
• Wire-wrap pins available for critical, major, and minor alarm indications
• Four auxiliary alarm inputs, any of which can be designated as alarm cut-off (ACO)
• Dual independent power feeds with separate return paths to all card slots
1-2
61189901L1-1B
Section 1, Introduction - Data Path Description
DATA PATH DESCRIPTION
The MX3112 system supports an application mode that controls whether the bonded DS1/E1
channels are accessed. The two modes are listed as follows:
• Copper mode: In copper mode, twelve bonded DS1/E1 facilities are directly accessible via
amphenol connectors on the rear side of the chassis.
• DS3 mode: In DS3 mode, a channelized DS3 is supported with tributaries available as
shown in Table 1-2.
Table 1-2. Tributaries for Channelized DS3
Tributaries
Description
1–12
Tributaries are cross connected to the twelve physical DSX-1 ports on the
amphenol connectors of the chassis available for carrying TDM traffic.
13–24
Tibutaries are available for bonding together into groups for carrying Ethernet
traffic.
25–28
For the List 1 Controller, these tributaries are not used.
For the List 2 Controller, these tributaries are available for bonding DS1s together
into groups for carrying Ethernet traffic.
The block diagrams that follow describe the operation of the MX3112 system in each mode.
The default mode is copper mode.
Copper Mode Block Diagram
When operating in copper mode, the MX3112 system directly routes twelve bonded DS1/E1
channels to the amphenol interfaces on the rear of the chassis. The integrated M13 multiplexer and the DS3 interface are effectively unused when operating in copper mode.
Figure 1-2 illustrates the functional block diagram of the MX3112 system when operating in
copper mode.
61189901L1-1B
1-3
MX3112 System Manual
Port 1
Port 2
MX3ETH4
4-Port
10/100 Base-T
Ethernet Module
Port 3
Port 4
MX3ETH4
1189902L1
PORT 1
PORT 2
PORT 3
PORT 4
Bonding
Groups
DS1s
Ethernet
Ports
DS1/E1 #1
DS1/E1 #2
DS1/E1 #3
DS1/E1 #4
DS1/E1 #5
DS1/E1 #6
DS1/E1 #7
DS1/E1 #8
DS1/E1 #9
DS1/E1 #10
DS1/E1 #11
DS1/E1 #12
DS1/E1
DS1
LIUs
LIU
LIUs
DS1/E1
DS1
Framers
F
Framers
Bonding
Bonding
Engine
Engine
G1
P1
PHY
G2
P2
PHY
Switch
G3
P3
PHY
G4
P4
PHY
(Controller Card)
Figure 1-2. Copper Mode Block Diagram
DS3 Mode Block Diagram
When operating in DS3 mode, the MX3112 system supports a full M13 multiplexer of which
the DS1 tributaries carry a combination of TDM traffic and bonded traffic. The channelized
DS3 that is produced operates in either C-bit or M13 framing modes.
The first twelve DS1 tributaries of the DS3 are available for carrying TDM traffic and are
directly accessible via the amphenol connectors on the rear side of the chassis. The remaining
DS1 tributaries can be bonded together to carry Ethernet traffic from the four Ethernet ports,
depending on controller card list version.
• The List 1 Controller uses twelve DS1 tributaries (13–24) for bonding and does not use the
remaining four tributaries (25–28).
• The List 2 Controller uses all sixteen DS1 tributaries (13–28) for bonding.
The diagrams to follow illustrate the functional block diagram of the MX3112 system when
operating in DS3 mode. Figure 1-3 illustrates the MX3112 system using the List 1 Controller,
and Figure 1-4 illustrates the MX3112 system using the List 2 Controller.
1-4
61189901L1-1B
Section 1, Introduction - Data Path Description
Port 1
Port 2
DS1s
DS1 trib #13
DS1 trib #14
DS1 trib #15
DS1 trib #16
DS1 trib #17
DS1 trib #18
DS1 trib #19
DS1 trib #20
DS1 trib #21
DS1 trib #22
DS1 trib #23
DS1 trib #24
DS3A
MX3ETH4
4-Port
10/100 Base-T
Ethernet Module
Bonding
Groups
Port 3
Port 4
MX3ETH4
1189902L1
PORT 1
Bonding
Engine
DS1
Framers
G1
P1
PHY
G2
P2
PHY
PORT 2
PORT 3
PORT 4
Switch
DS3
LIU
DS1 trib #1
DS1 trib #2
DS1 trib #3
DS1 trib #4
DS1 trib #5
DS1 trib #6
DS1 trib #7
DS1 trib #8
DS1 trib #9
DS1 trib #10
DS1 trib #11
DS1 trib #12
G3
P3
PHY
G4
P4
PHY
DS1 #1
DS1 #2
DS1 #3
DS1 #4
DS1 #5
DS1 #6
DS1 #7
DS1 #8
DS1 #9
DS1 #10
DS1 #11
DS1 #12
DS1
LIUs
(Controller Card)
Figure 1-3. DS3 Mode Block Diagram - List 1 Controller
Port 1
Port 2
Bonding
Groups
DS1s
DS3A
DS3
LIU
DS1 trib #13
DS1 trib #14
DS1 trib #15
DS1 trib #16
DS1 trib #17
DS1 trib #18
DS1 trib #19
DS1 trib #20
DS1 trib #21
DS1 trib #22
DS1 trib #23
DS1 trib #24
DS1 trib #25
DS1 trib #26
DS1 trib #27
DS1 trib #28
DS1 trib #1
DS1 trib #2
DS1 trib #3
DS1 trib #4
DS1 trib #5
DS1 trib #6
DS1 trib #7
DS1 trib #8
DS1 trib #9
DS1 trib #10
DS1 trib #11
DS1 trib #12
MX3ETH4
4-Port
10/100 Base-T
Ethernet Module
Port 3
Port 4
MX3ETH4
1189902L1
PORT 1
DS1
Framers
Bonding
Engine
G1
P1
PHY
G2
P2
PHY
PORT 2
PORT 3
PORT 4
Switch
G3
P3
PHY
G4
P4
PHY
DS1 #1
DS1 #2
DS1 #3
DS1 #4
DS1 #5
DS1 #6
DS1 #7
DS1 #8
DS1 #9
DS1 #10
DS1 #11
DS1 #12
DS1
LIUs
(Controller Card)
Figure 1-4. DS3 Mode Block Diagram - List 2 Controller
61189901L1-1B
1-5
MX3112 System Manual
Table 1-3 shows the mapping and bonding group assignments for DS3 Mode for the MX3112
system when using the List 1 Controller.
Table 1-3. Mapping and Bonding Group Assignments - List 1 Controller
DS3 Tributary
Assignment
DS3 Tributary
Assignment
1
DSX-1 Port 1
15
User Assigned Bonding Group
2
DSX-1 Port 2
16
User Assigned Bonding Group
3
DSX-1 Port 3
17
User Assigned Bonding Group
4
DSX-1 Port 4
18
User Assigned Bonding Group
5
DSX-1 Port 5
19
User Assigned Bonding Group
6
DSX-1 Port 6
20
User Assigned Bonding Group
7
DSX-1 Port 7
21
User Assigned Bonding Group
8
DSX-1 Port 8
22
User Assigned Bonding Group
9
DSX-1 Port 9
23
User Assigned Bonding Group
10
DSX-1 Port 10
24
User Assigned Bonding Group
11
DSX-1 Port 11
25
N/A
12
DSX-1 Port 12
26
N/A
13
User Assigned Bonding Group
27
N/A
14
User Assigned Bonding Group
28
N/A
Table 1-4 shows the mapping and bonding group assignments for DS3 Mode for the MX3112
system when using the List 2 Controller.
Table 1-4. Mapping and Bonding Group Assignments - List 2 Controller
DS3 Tributary
Assignment
DS3 Tributary
Assignment
1
DSX-1 Port 1
15
User Assigned Bonding Group
2
DSX-1 Port 2
16
User Assigned Bonding Group
3
DSX-1 Port 3
17
User Assigned Bonding Group
4
DSX-1 Port 4
18
User Assigned Bonding Group
5
DSX-1 Port 5
19
User Assigned Bonding Group
6
DSX-1 Port 6
20
User Assigned Bonding Group
7
DSX-1 Port 7
21
User Assigned Bonding Group
8
DSX-1 Port 8
22
User Assigned Bonding Group
9
DSX-1 Port 9
23
User Assigned Bonding Group
10
DSX-1 Port 10
24
User Assigned Bonding Group
11
DSX-1 Port 11
25
User Assigned Bonding Group
12
DSX-1 Port 12
26
User Assigned Bonding Group
13
User Assigned Bonding Group
27
User Assigned Bonding Group
14
User Assigned Bonding Group
28
User Assigned Bonding Group
1-6
61189901L1-1B
Section 1, Introduction - Data Path Description
Data Path Provisioning
The MX3112 system is flexible for a wide variety of applications and supports a user interface
designed to simplify and expedite the process of provisioning the data path. This section
briefly describes the most important steps for provisioning the system. For more information
on the Ethernet packet flow system, refer to “Flow System Provisioning” on page 5-5.
The Quick Setup Menu
The MX3112 system supports several provisioning options to assist with optimizing the data
path for a specific application. To expedite the process of turning up the system, the “Quick
Setup Menu” is designed to provide fast access to the options that are often most critical for
provisioning the system.
Application Modes
The application mode of the MX3112 system has the following main components:
• Basic flow system configuration
– Copper mode versus DS3 mode
– DS1 mode versus E1 mode
• Administrative role of the system
– Central Office Terminal (COT) mode
– Remote Terminal (RT) mode
The first component of the application mode (copper/DS3) is described in the “Copper Mode
Block Diagram” on page 1-3 and the “DS3 Mode Block Diagram” on page 1-4. In addition to
the copper/DS3 mode, the product supports a DS1/E1 mode that controls whether the paths
are formatted as DS1s or E1s.
The second component of the application mode (COT/RT) typically reflects the location and
role of the system in a network in relation to the far end equipment that terminates the
bonded DS1/E1 channels. In general, the near end MX3112 system is provisioned as COT
and the far end (remote) system is provisioned as RT.
A benefit of this component of the application mode is that it allows automatic provisioning of
assignments of DS1s to bonding groups at the RT system to reflect the provisioning at the
COT system. Certain key provisioning options are transferred automatically from the COT
system to the RT system, which expedites the turn-up process.
Flow System Provisioning
After provisioning the application modes of the system, two primary steps are involved in
provisioning the flow system.
1. Assign DS1/E1s to bonding groups
2. Provision rules (called flows) to route traffic among the Ethernet ports and bonding groups
As shown in Figure 1-2 through Figure 1-4, the MX3112 system contains a switch component
that effectively has eight ports. Four of these ports (P1–P4) are associated with the four
customer 10/100Base-T Ethernet ports, which are accessible via the MX3ETH4. The
remaining four ports (G1–G4) are bonding groups. Provision each of the four bonding groups
to consist of one or more DS1/E1s. Assign the DS1/E1s that are available for bonding in any
combination among the four bonding groups.
61189901L1-1B
1-7
MX3112 System Manual
FRONT PANEL
The MX3112 Controller Card has nine LEDs located on the front panel (see Figure 1-5) that
display status information. Table 1-5 shows the LED status descriptions for the active
MX3112 Controller Card. Table 1-6 shows the status descriptions for the standby MX3112
Controller Card.
Figure 1-5. MX3112 Controller Card LEDs
Table 1-5. Active MX3112 Controller Card LED Status
LED
LED State
ACT
z
z/z
z
z/z
4
ALM
z
z
4
DS3
{
z
z/z
z
z
4
4
4
Card Condition
Green
Green/Amber (Alternating)
Amber
Amber/Red (Alternating)
Red (Flashing)
Normal (All OK)
Normal and console open
Software update in progress
Card has failed and console open
Card has failed
Green
Red
Red (Flashing)
No critical, major, or minor alarms
Major or minor alarm in progress
Critical alarm in progress
Off
Green
Green/Red (Alternating)
Red
Amber
Amber (Flashing)
Red (Flashing)
Red (Flashing once per event)
Copper (DSX-1) mode selected
Normal (DS3 OK)
DS2 OOF
AIS, OOF, RAI, or Idle
In test (locally originated)
In test (remotely originated)
DS3 LOS
Single/Burst DS3 code violations during
previous second
{
z
z
Off
Green
Red
4
4
Red (Flashing)
Red (Flashing once per event)
All DS1/E1 ports are disabled
Enabled DS1/E1 ports normal (All OK)
Non-critical alarm (AIS) on an enabled
DS1/E1 port
LOS on an enabled port
Single/Burst RX DS1/E1 code violations
during previous second
DSX-1 TEST
{
z
4
4
Off
Amber
Amber (Flashing)
Red (Flashing once per event)
No DS1/E1 tests in progress
In test (locally originated)
In test (remotely originated)
Single/Burst pattern errors on DS1/E1 test
ETHERNET 1-4
{
z
Off
Green
Link not established
Link established
DSX-1 STAT
1-8
61189901L1-1B
Section 1, Introduction - Front Panel
Table 1-6. Standby MX3112 Controller Card LED Status
LED
LED State
Card Condition
ACT
z
z
4
4
Green (Flashing)
Amber
Amber (Flashing)
Red (Flashing)
Normal (All OK)
Software update in progress
Not ready or software mismatch
Card failure
ALM
{
Off
Permanent state during standby
DS3
{
Off
Permanent state during standby
DSX-1 STAT
{
Off
Permanent state during standby
DSX-1 TEST
{
Off
Permanent state during standby
ETHERNET 1-4
{
Off
Permanent state during standby
ACO Button
The alarm cut off (ACO) button disables any audible alarms. Any active visual alarms remain
active. Press the ACO button on the front panel to disable any audible alarms.
61189901L1-1B
1-9
MX3112 System Manual
This page is intentionally blank.
1-10
61189901L1-1B
Section 2
Engineering Guidelines
INTRODUCTION
This section provides engineering guidelines for network designers who are incorporating an
MX3112 system into their network. This section provides the following guidelines:
• “Dimensions of Equipment” on page 2-2
• “System Power Requirements” on page 2-3
– “System Configurations - Copper Mode” on page 2-3
– “System Configurations - DS3 Mode” on page 2-4
– “Fuse Recommendations” on page 2-5
• “Network Connections” on page 2-5
• “DSX-1 Connections” on page 2-6
• “Compliance” on page 2-6
61189901L1-1B
2-1
MX3112 System Manual
DIMENSIONS OF EQUIPMENT
Table 2-1 provides the dimensions and weights of the MX3112 equipment.
Table 2-1. MX3112 Equipment Dimensions and Weights
Part Number
Equipment
Dimensions
Weight
1189001L1
MX3 Chassis
Height: 1.7 inches
Width: 17.0 inches
Depth: 8.6 inches
5.50 pounds
1189901L1
MX3112 Controller Card
(supports up to 12 bonded DS1s)
Height: 0.7 inches
Width: 9.4 inches
Depth: 7.6 inches
1.20 pounds
1189901L2
MX3112 Controller Card
(supports up to 16 bonded DS1s)
Height: 0.7 inches
Width: 9.4 inches
Depth: 7.6 inches
1.20 pounds
1189902L1
MX3 4-Port 10/100Base-T
Ethernet Module
Height: 0.7 inches
Width: 5.2 inches
Depth: 7.6 inches
1.20 pounds
1189007L1
MX3 Fan Module
Height: 1.7 inches
Width: 1.5 inches
Depth: 7.6 inches
0.50 pounds
1189005L1
MX3 Controller Blank Plug
Height: 0.7 inches
Width: 9.4 inches
Depth: 7.6 inches
1.00 pounds
1189006L1
MX3 Module Blank Plug
Height: 0.7 inches
Width: 5.2 inches
Depth: 7.6 inches
0.50 pounds
2-2
61189901L1-1B
Section 2, Engineering Guidelines - System Power Requirements
SYSTEM POWER REQUIREMENTS
The following sections detail the power requirements for the MX3112 system in copper mode
and DS3 mode.
System Configurations - Copper Mode
Table 2-2 and Table 2-3 provide the maximum current draw and heat dissipation at –48 VDC
(operating range of –42 VDC to –60 VDC) and ±24 VDC (operating range of ±22 VDC to ±27
VDC) for the different MX3112 system configurations in copper mode.
Table 2-2. Maximum Current Draw - Copper Mode
Part Number
Quantity
Maximum Current Draw
at –48 VDC
at ±24 VDC
MX3112 System (non-redundant)
1189901L1 or 1189901L2
1
1189902L1
1
1189007L1
1
0.45 amps
0.90 amps
MX3112 System (redundant)
1189901L1 or 1189901L2
2
1189902L1
1
1189007L1
1
0.69 amps
1.36 amps
Table 2-3. Heat Dissipation - Copper Mode
Part Number
Quantity
Heat Dissipation
at –48 VDC
at ±24 VDC
MX3112 System (non-redundant)
1189901L1 or 1189901L2
1
1189902L1
1
1189007L1
1
19.2 watts
19.7 watts
MX3112 System (redundant)
1189901L1 or 1189901L2
2
1189902L1
1
1189007L1
1
61189901L1-1B
29.8 watts
30.0 watts
2-3
MX3112 System Manual
System Configurations - DS3 Mode
Table 2-4 and Table 2-5 provide the maximum current draw and heat dissipation at –48 VDC
(operating range of –42 VDC to –60 VDC) and ±24 VDC (operating range of ±22 VDC to ±27
VDC) for the different MX3112 system configurations in DS3 mode.
Table 2-4. Maximum Current Draw - DS3 Mode
Part Number
Quantity
Maximum Current Draw
at –48 VDC
at ±24 VDC
MX3112 System (non-redundant)
1189901L1 or 1189901L2
1
1189902L1
1
1189007L1
1
0.50 amps
1.00 amps
MX3112 System (redundant)
1189901L1 or 1189901L2
2
1189902L1
1
1189007L1
1
0.74 amps
1.43 amps
Table 2-5. Heat Dissipation - DS3 Mode
Part Number
Quantity
Heat Dissipation
at –48 VDC
at ±24 VDC
MX3112 System (non-redundant)
1189901L1 or 1189901L2
1
1189902L1
1
1189007L1
1
21.0 watts
21.9 watts
MX3112 System (redundant)
1189901L1 or 1189901L2
2
1189902L1
1
1189007L1
1
2-4
31.5 watts
31.7 watts
61189901L1-1B
Section 2, Engineering Guidelines - Network Connections
Fuse Recommendations
Table 2-6 provides data for determining the fuse needed for the fuse and alarm panel that
services the MX3 chassis.
Table 2-6. Fuse Recommendations
System Voltage
Recommended Fuse
–48 VDC
1.5 amps, slow-blow
±24 VDC
3.0 amps, slow-blow
NETWORK CONNECTIONS
WARNING
Do not metallically connect the DS3, Alarm, DSX-1, and Ethernet
interfaces to interfaces which connect to the Outside Plan (OSP) or
wiring of the OSP. The DS3, Alarm, DSX-1, and Ethernet interfaces
are designed for use as intra-building interfaces only. The addition
of Primary Protectors is not sufficient protection, in order to,
connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring.
Cable Specifications
NOTE
Connect DS3 interfaces using coaxial cables that have shields
grounded at both ends.
All coaxial cable for the MX3112 DS3 signals should meet the following minimum
specifications.
• The coaxial cable should have characteristic impedance of 75 ohms.
• Nominal mutual capacitance should not exceed 20.4 pF/foot.
• The cable should conform to ANSI standard T1.102 (1993) pulse mask definition. The
standard reference cable is a “WECO Type 728A” at 450 feet.
Approved cable types include the following:
• WECO 728A
• Lucent 728B
• Lucent 734A
• Lucent 735A (maximum length of 250 feet)
• Belden 9231
• Belden 1809A
61189901L1-1B
2-5
MX3112 System Manual
DSX-1 CONNECTIONS
WARNING
Do not metallically connect the DS3, Alarm, DSX-1, and Ethernet
interfaces to interfaces which connect to the Outside Plan (OSP) or
wiring of the OSP. The DS3, Alarm, DSX-1, and Ethernet interfaces
are designed for use as intra-building interfaces only. The addition
of Primary Protectors is not sufficient protection, in order to,
connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring.
Table 2-7 provides the amphenol connector pin assignments for the MX3112 Controller Card.
Table 2-7. Amphenol Connector Pin List
Pin
Function
Pin
Ring
Tip
1
Ring 1
Tip 1
33
2
Ring 2
Tip 2
34
3
Ring 3
Tip 3
35
4
Ring 4
Tip 4
36
5
Ring 5
Tip 5
37
6
Ring 6
Tip 6
38
7
Ring 7
Tip 7
39
8
Ring 8
Tip 8
40
9
Ring 9
Tip 9
41
10
Ring 10
Tip 10
42
11
Ring 11
Tip 11
43
12
Ring 12
Tip 12
44
32
FGND
FGND
64
COMPLIANCE
For detailed compliance information on each component of the MX3112 system, refer to the
compliance notice packaged with the product.
2-6
61189901L1-1B
Section 3
Application Guidelines
INTRODUCTION
The MX3112 system can operate in a variety of applications with other MX3112 systems, as
well as with the OPTI-6100. This section describes some of the more common applications as
follows:
• “Bookend MX3112 Systems - Copper Mode” on page 2
• “Bookend MX3112 Systems - DS3 Mode” on page 3
• “OPTI-6100 and MX3112 Systems - Copper Mode and DS3 Mode” on page 4
This section provides illustrations that describe both the physical connectivity of the interfaces and the logical connectivity of the bonding groups.
61189901L1-1B
3-1
MX3112 System Manual
BOOKEND MX3112 SYSTEMS - COPPER MODE
Figure 3-1 and Figure 3-2 show example configurations of two MX3112 systems connected in
a bookend (back-to-back) configuration while operating in copper mode. Twelve DS1s from
each MX3112 system can be bonded together to carry Ethernet traffic. Each bonding group
can be provisioned with a specific number of DS1s. For a List 1 Controller in copper mode, the
twelve bonded channels can be formatted as either DS1 or E1 (refer to Table 6-5 on page 58).
(Copper/COT Mode)
(Copper/RT Mode)
10/100 Ethernet
DS1s
12x DS1
10/100 Ethernet
10/100 Ethernet
DS1s
12x DS1
Bonding
Engine
10/100 Ethernet
Bonding
Engine
10/100 Ethernet
10/100 Ethernet
10/100 Ethernet
10/100 Ethernet
Figure 3-1. Physical Configuration of Bookend MX3112 Systems - Copper Mode
Bonding
Groups
10/100
Ethernet
(Copper/COT Mode)
P1
G1
P2
G2
P3
G3
(Copper/RT Mode)
(a x DS1)
(b x DS1)
G1
P1
G2
P2
G3
P3
G4
P4
10/100
Ethernet
(c x DS1)
(d x DS1)
P4
G4
For 1189901L1
and L2
controllers
(a+b+c+d) = up to 12
Figure 3-2. Logical Configuration of Bookend MX3112 Systems - Copper Mode
3-2
61189901L1-1B
Section 3, Application Guidelines - Bookend MX3112 Systems - DS3 Mode
BOOKEND MX3112 SYSTEMS - DS3 MODE
Figure 3-3 and Figure 3-4 show example configurations of two MX3112 systems connected in
a bookend (back-to-back) configuration while operating in DS3 mode. The channelized DS3
contains DS1 tributaries that can be bonded to carry Ethernet traffic, as well as, DS1 tributaries that are physically accessible from the amphenol connections on the chassis. Each
bonding group can be provisioned with a specific number of DS1s.
(DS3/COT Mode)
10/100 Ethernet
10/100 Ethernet
10/100 Ethernet
(DS3/RT Mode)
nx
DS1
nx
DS1
Bonding
Engine
10/100 Ethernet
Bonding
Engine
DS3
DS3
10/100 Ethernet
10/100 Ethernet
10/100 Ethernet
10/100 Ethernet
12x DS1
12x DS1
For 1189901L1 controllers, n = up to 12
For 1189901L2 controllers, n = up to 16
Figure 3-3. Physical Configuration of Bookend MX3112 Systems - DS3 Mode
10/100
Ethernet
Bonding
Groups
(DS1 tribuaries 13-28)
(DS3/COT Mode)
P1
G1
P2
G2
P3
G3
P4
G4
(DS3/RT Mode)
(a x DS1)
(b x DS1)
G1
P1
G2
P2
G3
P3
G4
P4
10/100
Ethernet
(c x DS1)
(d x DS1)
12 X DS1
(DS1 tributaries 1-12)
For 1189901L1 controllers
(a+b+c+d) = up to 12
For 1189901L2 controllers
(a+b+c+d) = up to 16
Figure 3-4. Logical Configuration of Bookend MX3112 Systems - DS3 Mode
61189901L1-1B
3-3
MX3112 System Manual
OPTI-6100 AND MX3112 SYSTEMS - COPPER MODE AND DS3
MODE
Figure 3-5 and Figure 3-6 show example configurations of an OPTI-6100, containing a GEFM
module, terminating the bonded DS1s of two MX3112 systems. One of the MX3112 systems
operates in copper mode and the other operates in DS3 mode.
The GEFM module supports a Gigabit Ethernet interface and terminates up to 84 DS1s. The
GEFM module supports 30 available bonding groups and can communicate with up to 20
individual MX3112 systems. Each bonding group can be provisioned with a specific number of
DS1s. The 84 DS1s from the GEFM module can be cross connected within the OMM to any
other module in the OPTI-6100 system. As shown in Figure 3-5, a TRAM module can provide
DS3 access and a DS1VME module can provide direct DS1 access to the MX3112 systems.
Refer to the applicable OPTI-6100 documentation for how to provision the OPTI-6100.
(Copper/RT Mode)
DS1s
DS1s
10/100 Ethernet
12x DS1
Bonding
Engine
10/100 Ethernet
10/100 Ethernet
10/100 Ethernet
Gigabit
Ethernet
Bonding
Engine
84 x
DS1
VT1.5
CrossConnect
(DS3/RT Mode)
nx
DS1
10/100 Ethernet
Bonding
Engine
10/100 Ethernet
10/100 Ethernet
10/100 Ethernet
DS3
DS3
12x DS1
For 1189901L1 controllers, n = up to 12
For 1189901L2 controllers, n = up to 16
Figure 3-5. Physical Configuration of OPTI-6100 and MX3112 Systems
3-4
61189901L1-1B
Section 3, Application Guidelines - OPTI-6100 and MX3112 Systems - Copper Mode and DS3 Mode
Bonding
Groups
(Copper/RT Mode)
G1
G2
G3
G4
Gigabit
Ethernet
(a x DS1)
(b x DS1)
G1
P1
G2
P2
G3
P3
G4
P4
10/100
Ethernet
(c x DS1)
(d x DS1)
Port
(DS3/RT Mode)
G5
G6
G7
G8
VT1.5
(e x DS1)
(f x DS1)
G1
P1
G2
P2
G3
P3
G4
P4
10/100
Ethernet
(g x DS1)
(h x DS1)
DS1 tributaries 1-12
within the DS3
12 x DS1
CrossConnect
Figure 3-6. Logical Configuration of OPTI-6100 and MX3112 Systems
61189901L1-1B
3-5
MX3112 System Manual
Equipment Required
Table 3-1 lists the equipment needed for the OPTI-6100 and MX3112 system configuration.
For OPTI-6100 products, refer to the applicable OPTI-6100 documentation for additional
information.
Table 3-1. Equipment Required - MX3112 Ethernet Transport Applications
Equipment
Part Number
Quantity
OPTI-6100 MX Chassis
1184501L1
1
OPTI-6100 System Controller Module
1184500L1
1
OPTI-6100 OC-12 IR ADM Optical Multiplexer Module
(OMM) (or equivalent)
1184504L3
1 (2 for redundancy)
OPTI-6100 Triple Transmux Tributary Module (TRAM)
(or equivalent)
1184532L1
1 (2 for redundancy)
OPTI-6100 Gigabit Ethernet Over PDH Fiber Module
(GEFM)
1184535L1
1
OPTI-6100 Enhanced Fan Assembly
1184507L2
1
MX3 Chassis
1189001L1
1
MX3112 Controller Card (List 1 Controller)
1189901L1
1 (2 for redundancy)
or
or
MX3112 Controller Card (List 2 Controller)
1189901L2
MX3 4-Port 10/100Base-T Ethernet Module (MX3ETH4)
1189902L1
1
MX3 Fan Module
1189007L1
1
MX3 Controller Blank Plug
1189005L1
1 (0 if using two
controllers)
MX3 Module Blank Plug
1189006L1
1
OPTI-6100
MX3112 System
3-6
61189901L1-1B
Section 4
Installation
INTRODUCTION
C A U T I O N !
SUBJECT TO ELECTROSTATIC DAMAGE
OR DECREASE IN RELIABILITY.
HANDLING PRECAUTIONS REQUIRED.
CAUTION
Electronic units can be damaged by ESD. When handling units,
wear an antistatic discharge wrist strap to prevent damage to electronic components. Place units in antistatic packing material when
transporting or storing. When working on units, always place them
on an approved antistatic mat that is electrically grounded.
After unpacking the MX3112 system, inspect it for damage. If damage has occurred, file a
claim with the carrier and then contact ADTRAN Customer Service. Refer to “Appendix A,
Warranty” for further information. If possible, keep the original shipping container to return
the MX3112 system for repair or for verification of shipping damage.
Required Components
• MX3 chassis (P/N 1189001L1)
• MX3112 Controller Card (P/N 1189901L1 or P/N 1189901L2)
• MX3 4-port 10/100Base-T Ethernet module (P/N 1189902L1)
• MX3 Fan Module (P/N 1189007L1)
• Mounting brackets and screws for 19-inch or 23-inch rack installation or for wall
installation
• Ground lug with nut and lock washer
• Wire-wrap post cover
• Power cover
61189901L1-1B
4-1
MX3112 System Manual
Required Tools
• Phillips-head screwdriver
• Voltmeter
• Ohmmeter accurate to 0.1 ohm
INSTALLING THE MX3 CHASSIS
The following sections detail the steps needed to install and power up the MX3 chassis.
Installation
The MX3 chassis provides two options for mounting.
• “Rackmount Installation” on page 4-2
• “Wallmount Installation” on page 4-4
Use the appropriate set of instructions for the preferred application.
Rackmount Installation
For a rackmount installation, perform the following steps:
1. Attach the mounting brackets to the side of the MX3 chassis using the two screws
provided for each bracket.
• For 19-inch rack applications, adjust the bracket so that the larger side of the bracket
is flush to the chassis as shown in Figure 4-1. The direction of the bracket and the set
of holes used is dependent on the mounting configuration (i.e. flush mount).
• For 23-inch rack applications, adjust the bracket so that the smaller side of the bracket
is flush to the chassis as shown in Figure 4-2. The direction of the bracket and the set
of holes used is dependent on the mounting configuration (i.e. flush mount).
2. Use the appropriate rack-type screws to mount the chassis into the rack.
WARNING
Care should be taken to not upset the stability of the equipment
rack after installation is complete.
CAUTION
The unit must be installed in accordance with the requirements of
NEC NFPA 70.
4-2
61189901L1-1B
F
R
O
N
T
B
A
C
K
Section 4, Installation - Installing the MX3 Chassis
B
A
F
R
O
N
T
B
A
C
K
Figure 4-1. 19-inch Rack Applications
B
A
Figure 4-2. 23-inch Rack Applications
61189901L1-1B
4-3
MX3112 System Manual
Wallmount Installation
For a wallmount installation, perform the following steps:
1. Attach the mounting brackets to the side of the MX3 chassis using the two screws provided for each bracket as shown in Figure 4-3.
CAUTION
Mount the MX3 chassis over non-combustible surfaces only.
2. Position the assembly on the wall with the MX3112 system front panel facing up.
3. Use the appropriate wallmount screws to mount the chassis to the wall.
Figure 4-3. Wallmount Applications
4-4
61189901L1-1B
Section 4, Installation - Installing the MX3 Chassis
Power Connections
To make the power connections for the MX3 chassis, perform the following steps:
1. Connect the frame ground from the frame ground lug on the rear panel of the MX3 chassis
to the equipment rack grounding screw using appropriately sized wire that is at least the
same gauge as the power wiring.
2. Test the frame ground connection to ensure proper ground. Using a multimeter set to the
lowest resistance range, place one lead on the ground strap of the rack and the other on
the chassis frame ground terminal. The reading should be less than 0.1 ohm. Readings
greater than 0.1 ohm should be further investigated.
3. Make power connections to the MX3 chassis.
NOTE
A readily accessible disconnect device, such as a rackmount fuse
and alarm panel that is suitably approved and rated, should be
incorporated into the fixed wiring.
Connect to a reliably grounded –48 VDC or ±24 VDC source which
is electrically isolated from the AC source.
The branch circuit overcurrent protection should be a fuse or circuit breaker rated –48 VDC, 1.5 amp slow-blow or ±24 VDC, 3 amp
slow-blow.
a. Determine which fuse pairs are to supply power to the chassis.
b. Remove the fuses from the A and B slots for the pair.
c. Connect the ends of one wire between the “A” Central Office (CO) VDC supply and the
PWR A terminal on the rear panel of the MX3 chassis (see Figure 4-4).
d. Connect the three remaining wires in the same manner. Connect the “A” CO VDC
return with RET A; “B” CO VDC supply with PWR B; and “B” CO VDC return with RET B.
Figure 4-4. Power Connector
61189901L1-1B
4-5
MX3112 System Manual
4. Apply power and check voltages.
WARNING
Installing fuses in the fuse and alarm panel at this stage provides
power to the chassis. There is power to pins and connectors on the
rear panel and inside the chassis. Exercise caution to avoid
electrical shock.
a. Install appropriate fuses in the slots in the fuse and alarm panel that services the MX3
chassis (see Figure 4-5).
b. Using a voltmeter, place the common (normally black) lead on the RET A post of the DC
power terminal block and the DC volts (normally red) lead on the PWR A post of the DC
power terminal block. For a –48 VDC supply, the reading should be in the operating
range of –42 VDC to –60 VDC. For a ±24 VDC supply, the reading should be in the
range of ±22 VDC to ±27 VDC. Figure 4-4 illustrates the DC power connector.
c. Repeat step b for the RET/PWR B connections.
d. Remove the fuses from the fuse and alarm panel servicing the MX3 chassis.
e. Install the protective cover over the power terminal block.
Figure 4-5. Fuse and Alarm Panel
4-6
61189901L1-1B
Section 4, Installation - Installing the MX3 Chassis
Rear Chassis Connections
The MX3 chassis rear panel is equipped with the following:
1. Four sets of BNC connectors
2. Ethernet port
3. Wire-wrap pins for alarms (critical, major, and minor)
4. Wire-wrap pins for external auxiliary inputs
5. Two 64-pin female amphenol connectors
6. Terminal strip for DC power feed (A and B)
Figure 4-6 illustrates the rear panel and identifies the equipment using the numbered list
above.
1.
2.
3. 4.
5.
6.
Figure 4-6. MX3 Chassis Rear View
WARNING
Do not metallically connect the DS3 (A-D), T/R (DSX-1), Alarm,
and Ethernet interfaces to interfaces which connect to the Outside
Plant (OSP) or wiring of the OSP. These interfaces are designed for
use as intra-building interfaces only. The addition of Primary Protectors is not sufficient protection in order to connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring.
1. The ETHERNET port is an 8-pin modular connector that provides a 10/100Base-T Ethernet
interface. For system management, use CAT 5 cable to connect from the Ethernet network
into the female RJ-45 port labeled ETHERNET on the MX3 chassis rear panel.
2. The DSX-3 network interfaces are full-duplex circuits provided by eight BNC coaxial cable
connections. Connect the DS3 interfaces to the BNC connector labeled A as needed for the
MX3112 system. Connect the receive data from the network to the IN connectors. Connect
the transmit data from the MX3 chassis to the OUT connectors.
NOTE
Connect DS3 interfaces using coaxial cables that have shields
grounded at both ends.
61189901L1-1B
4-7
MX3112 System Manual
3. The DSX-1 interfaces are 64-pin amphenol connectors. These interfaces provide Tx and
Rx connections between the unit and equipment, such as wire-wrap patch panels, punchdown panels, or breakout panels. Connect the DSX-1 interfaces to the 64-pin T/R (IN) and
T/R (OUT) amphenol receptacles (female). The MX3112 system uses T/R (IN)/(OUT)
amphenol connectors, pins 1-12 and 33-44, for DSX-1 ports 1-12 as shown in Table 4-1.
Table 4-1. Amphenol Connector Pin List
Pin
Function
Pin
Ring
Tip
1
Ring 1
Tip 1
33
2
Ring 2
Tip 2
34
3
Ring 3
Tip 3
35
4
Ring 4
Tip 4
36
5
Ring 5
Tip 5
37
6
Ring 6
Tip 6
38
7
Ring 7
Tip 7
39
8
Ring 8
Tip 8
40
9
Ring 9
Tip 9
41
10
Ring 10
Tip 10
42
11
Ring 11
Tip 11
43
12
Ring 12
Tip 12
44
32
FGND
FGND
64
NOTE
On the back of the chassis, prepare right exit cables to avoid
conflict with the alarm/aux connections, the network management
port connection, and the DS3 connections.
4. The alarm connectors connect to the three relay contacts on the main board of the
MX3112 Controller Card. Connect the critical (CRIT), MAJOR, and MINOR alarm leads from
the fuse and alarm panel to the Common (C), Normally Open (NO), and Normally Closed
(NC) wire-wrap terminals on the MX3 chassis rear panel as required (see Figure 4-5).
5. Connect the AUX INPUTS 1–8 used by the MX3112 system for Auxiliary Alarms 1–4.
These pins sense open and closed relay contacts. These pins are not polarity sensitive.
Table 4-2 shows the pin assignments for the alarm inputs.
4-8
61189901L1-1B
Section 4, Installation - Installing the MX3 Chassis
NOTE
Each alarm input defaults to a severity level of major. The severity
level can be changed on the “Environmental Alarms Menu”. Assign
any alarm input to function as an alarm cut-off (ACO).
Table 4-2. AUX Inputs 1 - 8 Pin List
AUX Inputs 1–8 Pin List
AUX Inputs
Function
1, 2
Alarm 1
3, 4
Alarm 2
5, 6
Alarm 3
7, 8
Alarm 4
6. After steps 4 and 5 are completed, install the protective cover over the wire-wrap headers.
7. Power can now be applied to the chassis by installing appropriate fuses in the fuse and
alarm panel that services the MX3 chassis.
61189901L1-1B
4-9
MX3112 System Manual
INSTALLING CARDS AND MODULES
The MX3112 system is designed with hot-swappable controller cards and modules. This
section provides installation procedures for the different components of the MX3112 system.
• “Installing the Fan Module” on page 10
• “Installing the MX3112 Controller Card” on page 11
• “Installing the MX3ETH4 Module” on page 12
Installing the Fan Module
The MX3 Fan Module mounts in the MX3 chassis (P/N 1189001L1). Follow the steps listed
below to install the MX3 Fan Module. Figure 4-7 illustrates the installation of the MX3 Fan
Module.
1. With the screw oriented to the left, insert the MX3 Fan Module into the MX3 chassis until
the MX3 Fan Module is properly seated in the backplane.
2. Using a flat or phillips-head screwdriver, tighten the screw to secure the MX3 Fan Module
to the MX3 chassis.
Figure 4-7. MX3 Fan Module Installation
4-10
61189901L1-1B
Section 4, Installation - Installing Cards and Modules
Installing the MX3112 Controller Card
The MX3112 Controller Card occupies a controller slot in the MX3 chassis. Follow the steps
listed below to install the MX3112 Controller Card. Figure 4-8 illustrates the installation of
the controller card.
CAUTION
The MX3112 Controller Card must be installed in a MX3 chassis
(P/N 1189001L1) with a top assembly revision of “C” or later.
1. If present, remove the blank plug from the appropriate controller slot.
WARNING
For configurations utilizing a single MX3112 Controller Card, a
blank plug (P/N 1189005L1) must be installed in the empty
controller slot.
2. Open the ejector latches on the left and right sides of the front panel of the MX3112
Controller Card.
3. Gently, but firmly, slide the MX3112 Controller Card into the upper (B) or lower (A)
controller slot taking note of the left and right guide grooves in the chassis.
Simultaneously, apply thumb pressure on the left (on the ADTRAN logo) and right (on the
part number) of the MX3112 Controller Card to ensure a good seat of the controller card
pins into the backplane connector.
4. Push the ejector latches to the left/right against the front panel until they latch.
The MX3112 Controller Card initializes and begins a self-test upon insertion into an active
MX3 chassis. When the self-test completes, the LEDs reflect the true state of the MX3112
Controller Card.
61189901L1-1B
4-11
MX3112 System Manual
B
A
Figure 4-8. MX3112 Controller Card Installation
Installing the MX3ETH4 Module
The MX3ETH4 module occupies expansion slot A in the MX3 chassis. Follow the steps listed
to install the MX3ETH4 module. Figure 4-9 illustrates the installation of the MX3ETH4
module.
CAUTION
Always install the MX3ETH4 module in expansion slot A of the
MX3 chassis.
1. If present, remove the blank plug from expansion slot A.
WARNING
A blank plug (P/N 1189006L1) must be installed in the empty
expansion slot.
2. Open the ejector latch on the left side of the MX3ETH4 module front panel.
3. Gently, but firmly, slide the MX3ETH4 module into slot A taking note of the left and right
guide grooves in the chassis. Simultaneously, apply thumb pressure on the left (on the
ADTRAN logo) and right (to the right of PORT 4) of the MX3ETH4 module to ensure a good
seat of the MX3ETH4 module pins into the backplane connector.
4. Push the ejector latch against the front panel until it latches.
4-12
61189901L1-1B
Section 4, Installation - Installing Cards and Modules
B
A
Figure 4-9. MX3ETH4 Module Installation
Table 4-3 lists the Ethernet pin assignments for ports 1–4.
Table 4-3. Ethernet Pin Assignments for Ports 1–4
61189901L1-1B
Pin
Function
1
TX+
2
TX–
3
RX+
4
NC
5
NC
6
RX–
7
NC
8
NC
4-13
MX3112 System Manual
This page is intentionally blank.
4-14
61189901L1-1B
Section 5
Provisioning
INTRODUCTION
This section provides provisioning defaults for copper mode and DS3 mode and provisioning
options for the flow system of the MX3112 system as follows:
• “Provisioning Defaults” on page 1
• “Flow System Provisioning” on page 5
PROVISIONING DEFAULTS
Table 5-1 lists the MX3112 system default provisioning options for copper mode. Additional
options are available when the Application Mode is set to DS3. Table 5-2 lists the default
provisioning options for the additional DS3 options.
For detailed information on the MX3112 menus, refer to “Section 6, User Interface”.
Table 5-1. Default Provisioning Options
Provisioning Option
Available Options
Default Setting
COT/RT
COT; RT
RT
Copper/DS3
Copper; DS3
Copper
DS1/E1
DS1; E1
DS1
E1 Framing
Unframed; PCM-30; PCM-30 with CRC;
PCM-31; PCM-31 with CRC
Unframed
Auto-Provisioning
Disabled; Enabled
Enabled
State
Disabled; Enabled
Enabled
Line Length (feet)
0–133; 133–266; 266–899; 399–533;
533–655; 0–6 dB (E1)
0–133
Circuit Identifier
User defined
DS1 Port #
Application Mode
DS1/E1 Port Interfaces
61189901L1-1B
5-1
MX3112 System Manual
Table 5-1. Default Provisioning Options (Continued)
Provisioning Option
Available Options
Default Setting
Bonding Group
1–4
Disabled
Loopback Detect
Disabled; CSU; NIU; FDL; CSU + FDL;
NIU + FDL
Disabled
State
IS; OOS
IS
DS1/E1 Timing
Loop; Line; Local
Loop
Skew Threshold (ms)
Disabled; 1–16 ms
4
XCV Threshold
Disabled; 1e-8; 1e-7; 1e-6; 1e-5; 1e-4;
1e-3
Disabled
Ethernet State
Disabled; Enabled
Enabled
Provisioned Rate & Duplex
Auto; 10, Half; 10, Full; 100, Half;
100, Full
Auto
Cross-Over Mode
MDI; MDI-X; Auto
Auto
Link State Awareness
Disabled; Enabled
Disabled
1–100
50
Craft Port Baud Rate
Auto; Disabled; 9600; 19200; 38400;
57600; 115200
Auto
Date
MM/DD/YYYY
N/A
Time
HH:MM:SS (24 hour format)
N/A
Auto-Logoff Inactivity Time
Disabled; 1-Min; 5-Min; 10-Min; 15-Min;
30-Min; 45-Min; 60-Min
15-Min
System ID
User defined
System ID Not Set
Scheduled Card Reset
MM/DD/YYYY HH:MM:SS
Disabled
Management Mode
Disabled; Local; VLAN
Local
Management VLAN ID
1–4094
1
Management Port/Group
Ports 1–4; Groups 1–4
Port 1
IP Address
0–255.0–255.0–255.0–255
0.0.0.0
Subnet Mask
0–255.0–255.0–255.0–255
255.255.255.0
DS1/E1 Bonding
Bonding Groups
Ethernet Client Ports
Traffic Classes
Queue Depth (packets)
General
Network Management
5-2
61189901L1-1B
Section 5, Provisioning - Provisioning Defaults
Table 5-1. Default Provisioning Options (Continued)
Provisioning Option
Available Options
Default Setting
Gateway
0–255.0–255.0–255.0–255
0.0.0.0
Provisioned Rate & Duplex
Auto; 10 Mbps Half Duplex;
10 Mbps Full Duplex;
100 Mbps Half Duplex;
100 Mbps Full Duplex
Auto
Cross-Over Mode
MDI; MDI-X; Auto
Auto
TL1 Telnet Port
1024–65535
2000
TL1 Raw-TCP Port
1024–65535
2001
Secondary Telnet Port
1024–65535
2002
TFTP Server
0–255.0–255.0–255.0–255
0.0.0.0
SNMP State
Disabled; Enabled
Disabled
SNMP Traps
Disabled; Enabled
Disabled
Trap Host 1 Status
Valid; Under Creation; Invalid
Invalid
Trap Host 2 Status
Valid; Under Creation; Invalid
Invalid
Trap Host 3 Status
Valid; Under Creation; Invalid
Invalid
Trap Host 4 Status
Valid; Under Creation; Invalid
Invalid
System Location
User defined
SysLocation Not Set
System Contact
User defined
www.adtran.com
Read Community
User defined
public
Write Community
User defined
private
DS1/E1 Port # Test
No Test; Analog Network; Digital Line;
CSU Loopback; CSU LB with Pattern;
NIU Loopback; NIU LB with Pattern;
Pattern Test
No Test
Alarm Relay Test Status
Inactive; Active
Inactive
Test Timeout
Disabled; 1 minute; 5 minutes;
10 minutes; 15 minutes; 30 minutes;
45 minutes; 60 minutes
5 minutes
Pattern
QRSS; ALL ONES; ALL ZEROS;
2 IN 8 (2:6); 1 IN 8 (1:7); 2^15-1 INV
QRSS
SNMP
Test
61189901L1-1B
5-3
MX3112 System Manual
Table 5-1. Default Provisioning Options (Continued)
Provisioning Option
Available Options
Default Setting
Aux #1 - #4 Input
Description
User defined
AUX #1 - #4 INPUT,
respectively
Aux #1 - #4 Input Level
Disabled; Info; Alert; Minor; Major;
Critical; ACO
Minor
PWR Bus A - B Input Level
Disabled; Info; Alert; Minor; Major;
Critical
Minor
Stand-by Controller
Removed Level
Disabled; Info; Alert; Minor; Major;
Critical
Minor
Alarm Chronology
Ascending; Descending
Ascending
System Alarms
Table 5-2. Additional Default Provisioning Options for DS3 Mode
Provisioning Option
Available Options
Default Settings
Tx Framing
C-bit; M23
M23
Tx Clock Source
Loop; Local
Local
Loopback Detection
Disabled; Enabled
Enabled
DS3 Circuit Identifier
User defined
DS3 A
Line Coding
AMI; B8ZS
B8ZS
Loopback Detection
Disabled; CSU; NIU
Disabled
DS3 Test
No Test; Line Loopback; Digital Loopback;
Remote Loopback; Remote ALL T1
No Test
DS1 # in DS3 Test
No Test; Tributary Loopback;
Remote Loopback;
Remote Loopback with Pattern;
CSU Loopback; CSU LB with Pattern;
NIU Loopback; NIU LB with Pattern;
Pattern Test
No Test
DS3 Interface
DS1 Port Interfaces
Test
5-4
61189901L1-1B
Section 5, Provisioning - Flow System Provisioning
FLOW SYSTEM PROVISIONING
Beginning with software version D01, the MX3112 supports a new system for forwarding and
classifying Ethernet traffic. The features are consistent with capabilities defined by the MEF
for Ethernet Line (E-Line) services.
For a complete description of the MEF model, refer to documentation (notably MEF 10)
available at the MEF web site (www.MetroEthernetForum.org).
The key components of the flow system are entities called Ethernet Virtual Connections
(EVCs), maps, and bandwidth profiles. The Customer Equipment (CE) attaches at the UserNetwork Interface (UNI), typically through a standard 10/100/1000 Ethernet interface. The
Metro Ethernet Network (MEN) is accessed through an EVC, which is typically associated with
a bonding group.
Figure 5-1 shows an example of a single EVC that connects two UNI ports, with customer
VLANs being conducted over the EVC. Bandwidth profiles can be applied to enforce bandwidth
restrictions on traffic entering the EVC.
MEN
CE VLAN
CE VLAN
CE VLAN
CE VLAN
UNI
Point-to-Point
EVC
UNI
CE VLAN
CE VLAN
Figure 5-1. E-Line service using a Point-to-Point EVC
Unless otherwise specified, this document uses the term “ingress” to describe traffic from the
CE that enters the MX3112 at the UNI. The term “egress” is used to describe traffic that exits
the MX3112 from any interface (UNI or EVC).
61189901L1-1B
5-5
MX3112 System Manual
EVCs
An EVC is defined by the MEF as “an association of two or more UNIs,” where a UNI is a
standard 10/100/1000 Ethernet interface that is the point of demarcation between the CE
and the Service Provider's MEN. In simple terms, an EVC performs two functions.
• Connects two or more subscriber sites (UNIs), enabling the transfer of Ethernet service
frames between them.
• Prevents data transfer between subscriber sites that are not part of the same EVC. This
capability enables an EVC to provide data privacy and security similar to a Frame Relay or
ATM Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC).
Multiple EVCs can reside on a common bonding group (or an Ethernet port). Each EVC
typically has an associated EVC VLAN tag whose VLAN ID is unique among other EVCs in the
MEN. The EVC VLAN tag allows the EVC to be identified and separated from other EVCs
within the MEN. The EVC tag exists only within the MEN, and is not transmitted from or
received at the CE.
The MEF defines E-Line services and Ethernet LAN (E-LAN) services. An E-Line service
provides a point-to-point EVC that connects exactly two UNIs. An E-LAN service provides a
multi-point EVC that can connect more than two UNIs. This product supports only E-Line
services.
EVC Attributes
The attributes of an EVC are described in the following sections.
EVC Alias
This attribute is an arbitrary string that is used to identify the EVC within the MEN. The value
must be unique across all EVCs defined in the product, and is intended for management and
control purposes. The value is not carried in any field in the Ethernet frame. As an example,
the Acme Service Provider might use “EVC-0001898-ACME-MEGAMART” to represent the
1898th EVC in the MEN and the customer for the EVC is MegaMart.
5-6
61189901L1-1B
Section 5, Provisioning - Flow System Provisioning
EVC Status
This attribute is a read-only status identifier of the EVC. If the value is “Running,” then the
EVC is applied. Otherwise, the EVC is not applied due to a conflict. Table 5-3 lists the possible
values.
Table 5-3. EVC Status Values
Possible Values
Definition
Running
Conditions are okay and the EVC provisioning is applied.
No Maps Running
None of the associated maps for this EVC are running.
Invalid EVC Port
The value of the EVC Port is not specified.
Invalid EVC VID
The value of the EVC VID is not within the permissible range.
Duplicate EVC
Another EVC exists having the same key criteria.
Disabled
The State value of the EVC is provisioned as Disabled.
VLAN mgmt conflict
The EVC VID conflicts with the VID that is actively used for managing
the system.
Transparent EVC conflict
A condition exists that violates a rule for transparent EVCs.
EVC State
This attribute is the user-configurable state of the EVC. Table 5-4 lists the available options.
Table 5-4. EVC State Options
Option
Definition
Enabled
The EVC is in service, and the provisioning is applied if the conditions
are valid.
Disabled
The EVC is not in service, and the provisioning is not applied.
EVC Port
This attribute is the physical interface connected to the MEN. The possible values consist of
the Ethernet port(s) and bonding group(s) available on the product. In typical configurations
the value is a bonding group.
EVC VLAN ID
This attribute is the VLAN ID associated with the EVC tag.
Possible values are as follows:
• 0-4095
• Transparent
In transparent mode, no EVC tag is applied.
61189901L1-1B
5-7
MX3112 System Manual
CE-VLAN ID Preservation
This attribute controls whether to preserve the CE VLAN tag within the EVC. Table 5-5 lists
the available options.
Table 5-5. CE-VLAN ID Preservation Options
Option
Definition
Enabled
When this attribute is set to Enabled, the following occurs.
• In the CE-to-MEN direction, the EVC tag is added as the outermost
tag, and the CE tag remains intact.
• In the MEN-to-CE direction, the EVC tag is removed, and the CE
tag becomes the outermost tag.
Disabled
When this attribute is set to Disabled, the following occurs.
• In the CE-to-MEN direction, the outermost CE tag is removed
before the EVC tag is added.
• In the MEN-to-CE direction, the EVC tag is removed. Then, if the
associated map is configured to not allow untagged and priority
tagged frames, then a new CE tag is added with VLAN of the
associated map. Depending on the Class of Service (CoS) attribute
of the associated map(s), the P-bit value of the added CE tag will
either be set explicitly or will be inherited from the EVC tag.
Maps
Define the association of customer traffic on a UNI port with an EVC by defining an entity
called a map. Each map is typically associated with a single customer, and specifies parameters including the customer VLAN ID and CoS behavior of the traffic received from the CE.
Map Attributes
The attributes of a map are described in the following sections.
Associated EVC
This attribute is the EVC associated with this map and must be specified. To discard all CE
traffic on a particular map instead of forwarding it to an EVC, the EVC attribute must be set
as discard.
Map Alias
This attribute is an arbitrary string that is used to identify the map. The value must be unique
across all maps defined in the product, and is intended for management and control
purposes. The value is not carried in any field in the Ethernet frame. As an example, the
Service Provider might use “SCPOP1-Node3-Slot2-Port1” to signify Port 1 in Slot 2 of Node 3 in
Santa Clara POP1. The value may have a maximum length of 32 characters.
5-8
61189901L1-1B
Section 5, Provisioning - Flow System Provisioning
Map Status
This attribute is a read-only status identifier of the map. If the value is “Running,” then the
map is applied. Otherwise, the map is not applied due to a conflict. Table 5-6 lists the possible
values.
Table 5-6. Map Status Values
Possible Value
Definition
Running
Conditions are okay and the map provisioning is applied.
No EVC connected
The associated EVC is not specified.
EVC not running
The associated EVC is specified, but the status of the EVC is not
“Running.”
Invalid UNI port
The UNI Port is not specified.
Disabled
The State value of the map is provisioned as Disabled.
Duplicate Map
Another map exists having conflicting ingress criteria.
VLAN mgmt conflict
The CE VLAN ID conflicts with the VID that is actively used for
managing the system.
Tag option conflict
A conflict is present that involves the option for allowing untagged and
priority tagged traffic to be received at the UNI Port.
Excess UNIs per EVC
Another map having a different UNI port is connected to the same EVC.
UNI Port = EVC Port
The UNI port equals the same port as the associated EVC.
Preserve conflict
A conflict is present in combination with the CE VLAN ID Preservation
attribute of the associated EVC.
Resources unavailable
The internal resources needed to apply the map are not available.
Map State
This attribute is the user-configurable state of the map. Table 5-7 lists the options.
Table 5-7. Map State Options
Option
Definition
Enabled
The map is in service, and the provisioning is applied if the conditions
are valid.
Disabled
The map is not in service, and the provisioning is not applied.
UNI Port
This attribute is the physical interface connected to the CE. The possible values consist of the
Ethernet port(s) and bonding group(s) available on the product. In typical configurations the
value is an Ethernet port.
61189901L1-1B
5-9
MX3112 System Manual
CE VLAN ID
This attribute is the VLAN ID of the outermost VLAN tag of the Ethernet frame received at the
UNI port. If the value is unspecified, then the map applies to the remainder of customer
frames received at the UNI port that are not affected by other maps on the same UNI port.
Possible values are as follows:
• 0-4094
• Unspecified
CE VLAN P-bits
This attribute is a range of P-bit values of the outermost VLAN tag of the Ethernet frame
received at the UNI port. The value is entered as a character string of the allowable P-bit
values. Examples of possible values are as follows:
• Unspecified
• 0,1,2 = P-bit values 0, 1, 2
• 0-2,5-7 = P-bit values 0, 1, 2, 5, 6, 7
This attribute can only be specified if both of the following conditions are true.
• The CE VLAN ID attribute is specified.
• The DSCP value attribute is not specified.
DSCP value
This attribute is the DSCP value of the Ethernet frame received at the UNI port.
Possible values are as follows:
• 0-63
• Unspecified
This attribute can only be specified if both of the following conditions are true.
• The CE VLAN ID attribute is specified.
• The CE VLAN P-bits attribute is not specified.
Untagged and Priority Tagged Frames
This attribute controls whether untagged and priority tagged frames are allowed to ingress the
UNI port in addition to frames tagged with the specified CE VLAN ID. Table 5-8 lists the
options.
Table 5-8. Untagged and Priority Tagged Frame Options
Option
Definition
Allow
Untagged and priority-tagged frames are allowed at the UNI port.
Disallow
Untagged and priority-tagged frames are discarded at the UNI port.
If the CE VLAN ID attribute is not specified, then this attribute is not meaningful.
5-10
61189901L1-1B
Section 5, Provisioning - Flow System Provisioning
Class of Service
This attribute controls how frames associated with the map are prioritized into the EVC. The
CoS for a given customer frame can be explicitly assigned or it can be inherited from the CE
VLAN P-bit value. This attribute governs both the prioritization of the frame within the system
and the P-bit value of the EVC tag (if present).
Possible values are as follows:
• Inherit from CE VLAN P-bits
• Explicit 7 (NC)
• Explicit 6 (VO)
• Explicit 5 (VI)
• Explicit 4 (CL)
• Explicit 3 (EE)
• Explicit 0 (BE)
• Explicit 2
• Explicit 1 (BK)
If this attribute's value is an explicit value, the CoS associated with the value is weighted in
the order shown above, where 7 is the highest priority and 1 is the lowest priority (per IEEE
802.1D-2004).
Notes regarding the P-bit value of the EVC tag:
• When maps are configured to inherit CoS from the CE VLAN tag, then the P-bit value of the
associated EVC tag will also be inherited from the CE VLAN tag.
• When maps are configured for explicit CoS, then ideally the P-bit value of the EVC tag for
associated frames would always be set to that CoS value. However, there is currently a
limitation. If more than one map is applied to an EVC, and more than one map is set for
explicit CoS, then the associated frames will be classified accordingly, but the P-bit value
of the EVC tag will always equal the highest explicit CoS value of the associated maps.
Profile
This attribute displays the profile, if any, that is applied to the map.
61189901L1-1B
5-11
MX3112 System Manual
Example #1: Two CE VLANs Mapped to Two EVCs
Figure 5-2 illustrates an example of two customer VLANs that ingress the system on a
common UNI port, and map to two different EVCs. Customer VLAN 1 is mapped to the EVC
having VID 101, and customer VLAN 2 is mapped to the EVC having VID 102. Both EVCs
could reside on the same physical interface (typically a bonding group), or they could reside on
two different interfaces.
MEN
CE VLAN 1
CE VLAN 1
EVC #1, VID = 101
UNI
UNI
EVC #2, VID = 102
CE VLAN 2
CE VLAN 2
Figure 5-2. E-Line service using two Point-to-Point EVCs
Figure 5-3 provides a more detailed view of the mapping of the customer VLANs into the EVCs
in the CE-to-MEN direction. For this example, both EVCs reside on the same bonding group,
and the CoS for each received customer frame is inherited from the P-bit value of the
outermost customer VLAN tag. The following provisioning would apply on each system.
• EVC #1: Port = Group 1, VID=101, CE VLAN ID Preservation = Enabled
• EVC #2: Port = Group 1, VID=102, CE VLAN ID Preservation = Enabled
• Map #1: UNI Port = Ethernet 1, CE VLAN ID = 1, EVC = EVC #1, Class of Service = Inherit
• Map #2: UNI Port = Ethernet 1, CE VLAN ID = 2, EVC = EVC #2, Class of Service = Inherit
Link #1
CE VLAN ID 1
P-bit 7
CoS 7
P-bit 6
CoS 6
Link #2
EVC #1
VID 101
Link #3
Bonding
Group
UNI
CE VLAN ID 2
P-bit 7
CoS 7
P-bit 6
CoS 6
EVC #2
VID 102
Link #n
Customer
Interface
Metro Ethernet
Network Interface
Figure 5-3. E-Line service using two Point-to-Point EVCs
5-12
61189901L1-1B
Section 5, Provisioning - Flow System Provisioning
Example #2: Two CE VLANs Mapped to One EVC
Figure 5-4 illustrates an example of two customer VLANs that ingress the system on a
common UNI port, and map to a common EVC. Customer VLANs 1 and 2 are mapped to an
EVC with VID 101.
MEN
CE VLAN 1
CE VLAN 1
EVC #1, VID = 101
UNI
UNI
CE VLAN 2
CE VLAN 2
Figure 5-4. E-Line service using a Point-to-Point EVC
Figure 5-5 provides a more detailed view of the mapping of the customer VLANs into the EVC
in the CE-to-MEN direction. For this example, the CoS for each received customer frame is
inherited from the P-bit value of the outermost customer VLAN tag. The following provisioning
would apply on each system.
• EVC #1: Port = Group 1, VID=101, CE VLAN ID Preservation = Enabled
• Map #1: UNI Port = Ethernet 1, CE VLAN ID = 1, EVC = EVC #1, Class of Service = Inherit
• Map #2: UNI Port = Ethernet 1, CE VLAN ID = 2, EVC = EVC #1, Class of Service = Inherit
Link #1
P-bit 7
CE VLAN ID 1
Link #2
P-bit 6
CoS 7
CoS 6
UNI
EVC #1
VID 101
Link #3
Bonding
Group
P-bit 7
CE VLAN ID 2
P-bit 6
Link #n
Customer
Interface
Metro Ethernet
Network Interface
Figure 5-5. E-Line service using a Point-to-Point EVC
61189901L1-1B
5-13
MX3112 System Manual
Bandwidth Profiles
A bandwidth profile (or profile) is a method of characterizing Service Frames for the purpose of
rate policing. A bandwidth profile can be applied in one of the following ways:
• Ingress bandwidth profile per ingress UNI
• Ingress bandwidth profile per EVC
• Ingress bandwidth profile per CoS identifier on an EVC
• Ingress bandwidth profile customized on a per map basis
In typical applications, the bandwidth available on the EVC is less than the bandwidth
available at the UNI port. The bandwidth bottleneck is typically only in the CE-to-MEN
direction. Therefore, all bandwidth profiles are applied only for traffic conducted in the CE-toMEN direction. Profiles are not applied to the traffic conducted in the MEN-to-CE direction.
Bandwidth Profile Attributes
The attributes of a profile are described in the following sections.
Profile Alias
This attribute is an arbitrary string that is used to identify the profile. The value must be
unique across all profiles defined in the product, and is intended for management and control
purposes. The value is not carried in any field in the Ethernet frame. The value can have a
maximum length of 32 characters.
Profile Status
This attribute is a read-only status identifier of the profile. If the value is “Running,” then the
profile is applied. Otherwise, the profile is not applied due to a conflict. Table 5-9 lists the
possible values.
Table 5-9. Profile Status Values
Possible Value
Definition
Running
Conditions are okay and the profile provisioning is applied.
Invalid UNI Port
The UNI Port of the profile is needed for the Application, but it is not
specified.
Disabled
The State value of the profile is provisioned as Disabled.
Invalid EVC
The EVC of the profile is needed for the Application, but it is not
specified.
Duplicate Profile
Another profile exists having equal (or conflicting) values for the
Application.
Invalid Rate(s)
The values for CIR and/or EIR conflict in relation to the Rate Coupling
value.
5-14
61189901L1-1B
Section 5, Provisioning - Flow System Provisioning
Table 5-9. Profile Status Values (Continued)
Possible Value
Definition
Invalid Application
The Application attribute is not specified.
Invalid CoS
The CoS of the profile is needed for the Application, but the value is
invalid.
Map conflict
A condition exists in which a map is applied to more than one profile.
Profile State
This attribute is the user-configurable state of the profile. Table 5-10 lists the options.
Table 5-10. Profile State Options
Option
Definition
Enabled
The profile is in service, and the provisioning is applied if the conditions
are valid.
Disabled
The profile is not in service, and the provisioning is not applied.
Application
This attribute controls how the profile is applied. Table 5-11 lists the options.
Table 5-11. Application Options
Option
Definition
Not Applied
The profile is not applied.
UNI port
The profile is applied to all maps of a specific UNI port.
EVC
The profile is applied to all maps associated with a specific EVC.
CE-VLAN CoS
The profile is applied to a set of CoS values for a given EVC.
Custom
The profile is explicitly applied to one or more maps.
UNI port of profile
This attribute is available and meaningful only if the Application is UNI port. The possible
options consist of the Ethernet port(s) and bonding group(s) available on the product.
EVC of profile
This attribute is available and meaningful only if the Application is “EVC” or “CE-VLAN CoS.”
The value is the alias of the associated EVC.
61189901L1-1B
5-15
MX3112 System Manual
CoS value(s) of profile
This attribute is available and meaningful only if the Application is “CE-VLAN CoS.”
Examples of possible values:
• Empty string = Unspecified
• 0,1,2 = CoS values 0, 1, 2
• 0-2,5-7 = CoS values 0, 1, 2, 5, 6, 7
Rate Coupling
This attribute controls the relationship of the EIR to the CIR. Table 5-12 lists the options.
Table 5-12. Rate Coupling Options
Option
Definition
Enabled
The EIR value is additive to the CIR.
Disabled
The EIR is inclusive of the CIR, and therefore must be greater than or
equal to the CIR.
CIR
The CIR is the rate up to which service frames are delivered according to the service performance objectives.
CBS
The CBS is the maximum available bytes for a burst of ingress traffic sent at the UNI speed
while still conforming to the CIR.
EIR
The EIR is the rate up to which service frames are delivered without any performance
objectives.
EBS
The EBS is the maximum available bytes for a burst of ingress traffic sent at the UNI speed
while still conforming to the EIR.
5-16
61189901L1-1B
Section 5, Provisioning - Flow System Provisioning
Example #1: Ingress Bandwidth Profile per UNI
A single bandwidth profile can be applied to all ingress frames at a designated UNI. This type
of profile manages bandwidth non-discriminatively for all EVCs that are associated with the
UNI. Depending on the configuration and traffic conditions during periods of congestion, if
multiple EVCs are associated with the UNI, then some of those EVCs may get more bandwidth
while others may get less bandwidth.
Consider the conditions of “Example #1: Two CE VLANs Mapped to Two EVCs” on page 5-12,
where traffic for two customer VLANs is received at the same UNI port, and mapped to two
different EVCs.
The following profile would collectively apply to all frames that ingress at Ethernet 1 (i.e., the
two customer VLANs).
Profile #1:
• Application = UNI Port
• UNI Port of Profile = Ethernet 1
• Rate Coupling = Disabled
• Committed Information Rate = 2000 kbps
• Committed Burst Size = 3125 bytes
• Excess Information Rate = 3000 kbps
• Excess Burst Size = 12500 bytes
Profile #1 is applied to ingress traffic of both Map #1 and Map #2 because these maps have
Ethernet 1 defined as the UNI Port.
61189901L1-1B
5-17
MX3112 System Manual
Example #2: Ingress Bandwidth Profile per EVC
A single bandwidth profile can be applied to all ingress frames that are mapped to a designated EVC. Thus, if traffic is mapped from a UNI to two EVCs, then one profile could be
defined for each EVC.
Consider the conditions of “Example #1: Two CE VLANs Mapped to Two EVCs” on page 5-12,
where two customer VLANs are received at the same UNI port, and mapped to two different
EVCs.
The following profiles would apply to the respective EVC:
Profile #1:
• Application = EVC
• EVC of Profile = EVC #1
• Rate Coupling = Disabled
• Committed Information Rate = 1000 kbps
• Committed Burst Size = 3125 bytes
• Excess Information Rate = 2000 kbps
• Excess Burst Size = 12500 bytes
Profile #2:
• Application = EVC
• EVC of Profile = EVC #2
• Rate Coupling = Disabled
• Committed Information Rate = 2000 kbps
• Committed Burst Size = 3125 bytes
• Excess Information Rate = 3000 kbps
• Excess Burst Size = 12500 bytes
Profile #1 is applied to ingress traffic of Map #1 because this map is associated with EVC #1.
Profile #2 is applied to ingress traffic of Map #2 because this map is associated with EVC #2.
5-18
61189901L1-1B
Section 5, Provisioning - Flow System Provisioning
Example #3: Ingress Bandwidth Profile per Class of Service Identifier on an EVC
A single bandwidth profile can be applied to all ingress frames having a designated CoS.
Consider the conditions similar to “Example #2: Two CE VLANs Mapped to One EVC” on
page 5-13, where two customer VLANs are received at the same UNI port, and mapped to a
common EVC. To ensure bandwidth for high priority traffic, separate profiles can be applied to
specific values (or ranges of values) of CoS for the EVC.
The EVC is defined as follows:
EVC #1:
• Port = Group 1
• VID=101
Four maps are defined as follows:
Map #1:
• UNI Port = Ethernet 1
• CE VLAN ID = 1
• CE VLAN P-bits = 5-7
• EVC = EVC #1
• Class of Service = Inherit
Map #2:
• UNI Port = Ethernet 1
• CE VLAN ID = 1
• CE VLAN P-bits = 0-4
• EVC = EVC #1
• Class of Service = Inherit
Map #3:
• UNI Port = Ethernet 1
• CE VLAN ID = 2
• CE VLAN P-bits = 5-7
• EVC = EVC #1
• Class of Service = Inherit
Map #4:
• UNI Port = Ethernet 1
• CE VLAN ID = 2
• CE VLAN P-bits = 0-4
• EVC = EVC #1
• Class of Service = Inherit
61189901L1-1B
5-19
MX3112 System Manual
Two profiles are defined as follows, one for high priority traffic and the other for low priority
traffic.
Profile #1:
• Application = CoS
• EVC of Profile = EVC #1
• CoS value(s) of profile = 5-7
• Rate Coupling = Disabled
• CIR = 1000 kbps
• CBS = 3125 bytes
• EIR = 4000 kbps
• EBS = 12500 bytes
Profile #2:
• Application = CoS
• EVC of Profile = EVC #1
• CoS value(s) of profile = 0-4
• Rate Coupling = Disabled
• CIR = 3000 kbps
• CBS = 3125 bytes
• EIR = 4000 kbps
• EBS = 12500 byte
Note that each map is configured such that the CoS for a given ingress frame is inherited from
the P-bit value of the customer VLAN tag.
Profile #1 is applied to ingress traffic of both Map #1 and Map #3 because they map customer
traffic having P-bits 5-7 into EVC #1.
Profile #2 is applied to ingress traffic of both Map #2 and Map #4 because they map customer
traffic having P-bits 0-4 into EVC #1.
NOTE
For this type of profile, it is necessary for each associated map to
have the CE VLAN P-bit attribute defined with a value (or range of
values) that corresponds with the CoS value(s) of the profile.
5-20
61189901L1-1B
Section 5, Provisioning - Flow System Provisioning
Example #4: Ingress Bandwidth Profile per Custom
A single bandwidth profile can be applied to ingress frames of a particular map or set of maps.
Use this Application of the bandwidth profile to limit traffic on ingress frames without having
to specify the UNI, EVC, or PRI. The custom profile makes it possible to limit traffic on maps
that have CE-VLANs as the criteria. It also allows implementing different profiles on maps that
have common map criteria (for example, all go to the same EVC) but are not duplicate maps.
Consider the conditions of “Example #2: Two CE VLANs Mapped to One EVC” on page 5-13
where two CE-VLANs are received at the same UNI port and mapped to the same EVC. In
order to enforce a different bandwidth profile for each CE-VLAN, apply separate custom
profiles to each map.
The following profiles can apply to the respective maps.
Profile #1
• CIR/EIR Coupling = Disabled
• CIR = 1000 kbps
• EIR = 2000 kbps
• CBS = 3125 bytes
• EBS = 12500 bytes
• Mode = Custom
• Connected = Map #1
Profile #2
• CIR/EIR Coupling = Disabled
• CIR = 2000 kbps
• EIR = 3000 kbps
• CBS = 3125 bytes
• EBS = 12500 bytes
• Mode = Custom
• Connected = Map #2
Profile #1 is applied to the ingress traffic of Map #1, which is CE-VLAN 1.
Profile #2 is applied to the ingress traffic of Map #2, which is CE-VLAN 2.
61189901L1-1B
5-21
MX3112 System Manual
Rules for Provisioning Maps, EVCs, and Profiles
To ensure valid provisioning, the rules below are enforced for maps, EVCs, and profiles. In
most cases the value of the Status attribute for an entity provides a brief description of the
condition.
1. A map, EVC, or profile is applied only if the respective status is “Running,” which indicates that the conditions are valid.
2. Two maps are considered to be duplicate if they both have the same values for the
following attributes:
•
•
•
•
•
UNI Port
CE VLAN ID
Overlapping range for CE VLAN P-bits
DSCP value
Untagged, Priority Tagged Frames
3. Two EVCs are considered to be duplicate if they both have the same values for the
following attributes:
• EVC Port
• EVC VLAN ID
4. Two profiles are considered to be duplicate if they both have the same values for the
following attributes:
•
•
•
•
Application
UNI Port of Profile
EVC of Profile
Overlapping range for CoS value(s) of Profile
5. No two maps may have the same alias value.
6. No two EVCs may have the same alias value.
7. No two profiles may have the same alias value.
8. If the system is managed via a VLAN on a designated bonding group or Ethernet port, then
the management VID value may not equal either the CE VLAN ID value of a map or the
EVC VID value of an EVC.
9. If the CE VLAN ID Preservation attribute of an EVC is disabled, then all of the associated
maps must have the same value of the CE VLAN ID attribute.
10. When multiple maps are applied to a common EVC, each map must have the same UNI
port. Multiple UNI ports may not be mapped to a common EVC.
11. If an EVC is provisioned to be transparent, then it must be the only EVC having the same
EVC Port.
12. If two maps have either the same UNI Port or the same associated EVC, then only one of
the maps may be provisioned to allow untagged and priority tagged frames.
13. If the Rate Coupling attribute is disabled, then the Committed Information Rate may not
exceed the Excess Information Rate.
14. To ensure that a given Ethernet frame is not governed by more than one profile, no two
maps may apply to the same profile.
5-22
61189901L1-1B
Section 6
User Interface
INTRODUCTION
This section provides detailed information on the following:
• “System Management” on page 6-1
• “Network Management” on page 6-4
• “Logging on to the MX3112 System” on page 6-11
• “Menu Structure” on page 6-12
• “Menu Navigation” on page 6-13
• “Menu Trees” on page 6-14
• “Menu Descriptions” on page 6-51
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
MX3112 system management and provisioning is facilitated by a series of intuitive menus that
are accessible on a computer screen. The MX3112 system provides two methods for
management access.
• “Craft Interface” on page 6-1
• “Remote Menu (DS1 Mode Only)” on page 6-2
Craft Interface
Connect to the MX3112 system menus through the DB-9 connector, labeled CRAFT, on the
front of the MX3112 Controller Card (see Figure 6-1). A DB-9 straight-through cable is
required.
B
A
Craft Connection
Figure 6-1. Craft Connection
61189901L1-1B
6-1
MX3112 System Manual
Most personal computers or laptops can run communications software that emulates a VT100
terminal. Windows programs such as Terminal or HyperTerminal are two such examples in
the Windows format, but there are many other adequate, commercially available software
packages, virtually all of which allow the PC or laptop to emulate a VT100 terminal. Certain
configuration items must be set on a PC or laptop to act as a VT100 terminal for the MX3112
system.
1. Set the parameters of the communications software to the following settings:
• 115200 baud rate or less
• 8 data bits
• No parity
• 1 stop bit
• No flow control
2. Set the PC for direct connect on the appropriate communications port (as opposed to dial
up connection).
3. Plug the male end of the data cable into the MX3112 Controller Card. Make connection to
the PC or laptop as appropriate for the equipment.
Remote Menu (DS1 Mode Only)
The MX3112 system allows remote operation by remotely opening a VT100 menu session to a
far end RT system from within a menu session of an associated near end COT system. The
COT system, in this case, can be an OPTI-6100 GEFM module or a MX3112 system. The
menu access to the RT system is available regardless of how the management mode option is
provisioned. Establish a remote menu session to the RT system via the Remote Management
menu of the COT system (see Figure 6-2). Refer to the “Remote Management Menu (DS1 Mode
Only)” on page 6-222 for more details.
6-2
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - System Management
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Remote Menu Access
1 - MX3112 REMOTE
Selection :
[Critical]
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-2. Remote Management Menu
61189901L1-1B
6-3
MX3112 System Manual
NETWORK MANAGEMENT
The MX3112 system supports a management mode option (see Figure 6-3) that controls the
interface from which Ethernet connectivity is established for managing the system. This
option has the following possible settings:
• Disabled: The system cannot be managed via Ethernet. Management connectivity is
supported only via craft interface and the dedicated COT-RT menu channel (remote unit
only). The chassis Ethernet port is disabled.
• Local: Management connectivity is supported via the craft interface, the dedicated COT-RT
menu channel (remote unit only), or via Ethernet from the chassis 10/100 Ethernet port.
• VLAN: Management connectivity is supported via craft interface, the dedicated COT-RT
menu channel (remote unit only), or via Ethernet from a VLAN on a designated bonding
group or a customer 10/100 port. The chassis Ethernet port is disabled.
The default value for the management mode is local. When the management mode is set for
VLAN, the unit must be provisioned with a valid IP address, gateway address, and subnet
mask as would normally be required when the system is managed via the chassis Ethernet
port (management mode = local). Examples of VLAN-based management start on page 6-8.
Some restrictions are enforced to guarantee that the VLAN designated for management does
not conflict with customer Ethernet traffic having the same VLAN ID.
• No running maps or EVCs can exist in which either the CE VLAN VID or the EVC VID
equals the provisioned management VLAN ID.
Network Management Menus
The management mode option is available within the Quick Setup menu (see Figure 6-3).
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Quick Setup
Application Mode
1 - COT/RT
: RT
2 - Copper/DS3
: Copper
3 - Auto-Provisioning : Enabled
Ethernet Client Ports
4 - Select Ethernet Client Ports
5 - Packet Flows
System
6 - Management Mode
7 - IP Address
8 - Subnet Mask
9 - Gateway
10 - Date
11 - Time
12 - System ID
Selection :
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
VLAN 1, Group 1
10.100.51.95
255.255.255.0
10.100.51.254
01/01/2005
12:00:00
Site 1 MX3112
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
-
DS1 Port
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Bonding Group
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
4
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-3. Quick Setup Menu
6-4
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Network Management
Selecting the management mode option navigates to the Management Mode menu (see Figure
6-4) where three options are presented:
• Management Mode
• Management VLAN/ID
• Management Port/Group
The management VLAN ID and the management port/group options are meaningful only
when the management mode option is provisioned to VLAN.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Quick Setup->Management Mode
1 - Management Mode
Options for VLAN Management
2 - Management VLAN ID
3 - Management Port/Group
: VLAN
: 501
: Group 1
The Management VID may not equal any active map CE VID or EVC VID
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-4. Management Mode Menu
61189901L1-1B
6-5
MX3112 System Manual
Figure 6-5 illustrates the Management Mode Selection menu. Selecting the VLAN option is
restricted if the provisioned management VLAN ID value conflicts with any existing flows.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
Management Mode : VLAN
1 - Disabled
2 - Local
3 - VLAN
The Management VID may not equal any active map CE VID or EVC VID
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-5. Management Mode Selection Menu
Figure 6-6 illustrates the Management VLAN ID menu. When the management mode option is
set for VLAN, entering a value that conflicts with any existing flows is restricted. The value
range is 1–4094.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
Management VLAN ID : 501
Enter Management VLAN ID:
The Management VID may not equal any active map CE VID or EVC VID
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-6. Management VLAN ID Menu
6-6
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Network Management
Figure 6-6 illustrates the Management Port/Group menu. The VLAN management interface
can be either a bonding group or a customer 10/100 port.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
Management Port/Group : Group 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Selection :
-
Port 1
Port 2
Port 3
Port 4
Group 1
Group 2
Group 3
Group 4
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-7. Management Port/Group Menu
61189901L1-1B
6-7
MX3112 System Manual
Example 1
Figure 6-8 illustrates how a remote MX3112 system can be managed by VLAN 501 through a
single GEFM. The GEFM is provisioned to route the VLAN between the Gigabit Ethernet port
and the bonding group, treating it similarly to any other customer data. To guarantee sufficient Class of Service (CoS) on the management VLAN, it is recommended that the GEFM
employ available methods to assign this VLAN sufficient bandwidth and CoS relative to other
traffic.
The management mode option of the remote MX3112 system is VLAN.
ROUTER
V101
V501
GigE
V101
Bonding
Group
(n x DS1)
V101
10/100
V501
10/100
Figure 6-8. VLAN-Based Management of a Remote MX3112 through a GEFM
6-8
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Network Management
Example 2
Figure 6-9 illustrates how a remote MX3112 system can be managed by VLAN 501 through
two separate GEFM modules. The two GEFM modules can reside in the same OPTI-6100
system or the two modules can reside in separate systems. A bonding group of one or more
DS1s is used to route the traffic between the two GEFM modules. Each GEFM is provisioned
to route this VLAN between the Gigabit Ethernet port and the bonding groups treating it
similarly to any other customer data. To guarantee sufficient CoS on the management VLAN,
it is recommended that the GEFM employ available methods to assign this VLAN sufficient
bandwidth and CoS relative to other traffic.
The management mode option of the remote MX3112 system is VLAN.
ROUTER
V501
V101
V501
GigE
GigE
Bonding
Group
(n x DS1)
V501
Bonding
Group
(n x DS1)
V101
V501
10/100
10/100
Figure 6-9. VLAN-Based Management of a Remote MX3112 through Two GEFMs
61189901L1-1B
6-9
MX3112 System Manual
Example 3
Figure 6-10 illustrates how two MX3112 systems can be managed by two separate VLANs,
VIDs 501 and 502. The COT MX3112 system is provisioned to route VLAN 501 between one of
the client 10/100 Ethernet ports and one of the bonding groups treating this VLAN similarly
to any other customer data. To guarantee sufficient CoS for VLAN 501, it is recommended that
the COT MX3112 employ available methods to assign this VLAN sufficient bandwidth and CoS
relative to other traffic.
The management mode option for both MX3112 systems is VLAN.
ROUTER
V501
V502
10/100
channel
Client
10/100
Channel
V501
V502
Bonding
Group
(n x DS1)
Client 10/100
Channels
Figure 6-10. VLAN-Based Management of Local and Remote MX3112s
6-10
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Logging on to the MX3112 System
LOGGING ON TO THE MX3112 SYSTEM
To log on to the MX3112 system, perform the following steps:
1. Establish the physical connection to the MX3112 system using one of the options discussed in “System Management” on page 6-1.
2. If a craft port session is being used, proceed to step 3. If using a Telnet menu session
proceed to step 4.
3. Press ENTER until the logon prompt appears.
NOTE
The MX3112 system requires the user ID and associated password.
4. Enter the default user ID, “ADMIN” (or the configured logon name with System
Administrator privileges), and press ENTER.
5. Enter the default password, “PASSWORD” (or the configured password), and press ENTER.
NOTE
Logon name and password fields are case sensitive. The default
values are all uppercase.
NOTE
If your username and/or password are forgotten, Adtran Tech
Support can assist with logon.
61189901L1-1B
6-11
MX3112 System Manual
MENU STRUCTURE
The MX3112 Controller Card provides a menu system for the entire MX3112 system. All
system-related menus are controlled by the MX3112 Controller Card. This subsection
explains the methods used to navigate the MX3112 system menus.
NOTE
To view the MX3112 system menu trees, refer to “Menu Trees” on
page 6-14.
The menu structure for the MX3112 system is a layered menu tree. Each layer of the menu
tree is displayed as a menu or a screen.
Menu
A menu is a display that provides numbered selections that are used to navigate to related
menus, modify provisioning information, or display information screens. A menu can contain
the following objects:
• Menu Option: A menu option is indicated by a number, which when selected navigates the
display to another menu layer or is used to change the option setting.
• Read-only Field: A read-only field displays information that cannot be changed. The
information displayed in a read-only field can be static or can be automatically updated by
the MX3112 system.
• Read-write Field: A read-write field displays information that when selected can be
modified.
• Keyboard Commands: A hot key is a key or combination of keys that are assigned to a
function (see Table 6-1). Hot keys are indicated by the required key(s) and a brief
description (i.e., CTRL+A - acknowledge all alarms).
Screen
A screen is a display that usually indicates the end of a menu tree path. A screen can contain
the following objects:
• Read-only Field: A read-only field displays information that cannot be changed. The
information displayed in a read-only field can be static or can be automatically updated by
the MX3112 system.
• Read-write Field: A read-write field displays information that when selected can be
modified.
• Keyboard Commands: A hot key is a key or combination of keys that are assigned to a
function (see Table 6-1). Hot keys are indicated by the required key(s) and a brief
description (i.e., CTRL+A - acknowledge all alarms).
6-12
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Navigation
MENU NAVIGATION
Basic menu navigation is accomplished by selecting the desired option number and then
pressing ENTER. To work backward through the menus press the ESC (escape) key. To access
the System Help screen, press the question mark (?) key.
Table 6-1 displays the general keyboard commands for the MX3112 system. The System Help
screen can be accessed from any MX3112 screen or menu by pressing “?”.
Table 6-1. MX3112 Keyboard Commands
Keyboard Command
Description
BACKSPACE
This keyboard command is used to delete the character to left of the
cursor during keyboard input.
ENTER (or Return)
This keyboard command is used to terminate input.
ESC (Escape)
This keyboard command is used to back up to the previous menu
and used to clear prompts.
CTRL+A (Control and a)
This keyboard command is used to acknowledge all alarms
CTRL+C/D (Control and c or d)
This keyboard command is used to logout and disconnect.
CTRL+R (Control and r)
This keyboard command is used to refresh the display.
CTRL+Z (Control and z)
This keyboard command is used to exit from module menus.
61189901L1-1B
6-13
MX3112 System Manual
MENU TREES
This subsection provides a detailed set of menu trees for the MX3112 system. The menu trees
are maps that can be used to locate provisioning options with ease. Some of the menu trees
span multiple pages, signified by the “(continued)” at the end of the illustration title.
The MX3112 system menu trees are divided by two Application Modes:
• “Copper Mode” on page 6-15
– “Provisioning Menu Trees - Copper Mode” on page 6-16
- “Network Management Menu Tree - Copper Mode” on page 6-22
– “Quick Setup Menu Tree - Copper Mode” on page 6-23
– “Status and Test Menu Trees - Copper Mode” on page 6-24
– “Performance Monitoring Menu Tree - Copper Mode” on page 6-25
- “DS1 Port Statistics Menu Tree - Copper Mode” on page 6-26
- “DS1 Bonding Statistics Menu Tree - Copper Mode” on page 6-27
- “Bonding Group Statistics Menu Tree - Copper Mode” on page 6-28
- “Ethernet Client Statistics Menu Tree - Copper Mode” on page 6-29
– “System Alarms and Firmware Upgrade Menu Trees - Copper Mode” on page 6-30
• “DS3 Mode” on page 6-31
– “Provisioning Menu Trees - DS3 Mode” on page 6-32
- “Network Management Menu Tree - DS3 Mode” on page 6-39
– “Quick Setup Menu Tree - DS3 Mode” on page 6-40
– “Status and Test Menu Trees - DS3 Mode” on page 6-41
– “Performance Monitoring Menu Tree - DS3 Mode” on page 6-43
- “DS3 Statistics Menu Tree - DS3 Mode” on page 6-44
- “DS1 Port Statistics Menu Tree - DS3 Mode” on page 6-46
- “DS1 Bonding Statistics Menu Tree - DS3 Mode” on page 6-47
- “Bonding Group Statistics Menu Tree - DS3 Mode” on page 6-48
- “Ethernet Client Statistics Menu Tree - DS3 Mode” on page 6-49
– “System Alarms and Firmware Upgrade Menu Trees - DS3 Mode” on page 6-50
6-14
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Trees
Copper Mode
Controller A/B
1. Configuration
CLEI Code
Part Number
Serial Number
MAC Address
Product Revision
MX3112 Main Menu
Code Version
Code Checksum
Boot Version
Boot Checksum
2. Provisioning
3. Quick Setup
4. Status
5. Test
6. Performance Monitoring
7. System Alarms
A
B
C
D
E
F
8. Remote Management
8. or 9. Firmware Upgrade 1
G
9. or 10. Logout 2
Denotes that this item only appears when COT is selected in the Application Mode.
1 Appears as option 8 if RT is selected in the Application Mode and as option 9 if COT is selected in the Application Mode.
2 Appears as option 9 if RT is selected in the Application Mode and as option 10 if COT is selected in the Application Mode.
Figure 6-11. MX3112 Main Menu Tree - Copper Mode
61189901L1-1B
6-15
MX3112 System Manual
1. COT
1. COT/RT
2. RT
1. Application Mode
1. Copper
2. Copper/DS3
2. DS3
1. DS1
3. DS1/E1
2. E1
1. Disabled
4. Auto-Provisioning 1
2. Enabled
1. PCM-30
4. E1 Framing Mode 2
2. PCM-30 w/CRC
A
3. PCM-31
4. PCM-31 w/CRC
5. Unframed
1. Disabled
1. State
2. Enabled
1. - 12. DS1 Port 1 - 12
1. 0-133
2. Line Length (feet)
2. 133-266
3. 266-399
4. 399-533
2. DS1 Port Interfaces
5. 533-655
3. Circuit Identifier
1. Copy FROM DS1 Port
13. Copy Provisioning to Multiple
State
Line Length (feet)
Loopback Detection
2. First DS1 Port to Copy TO
3. Last DS1 Port to Copy TO
4. Copy Provisioning
H
1 Appears as option 4 if RT and DS1 is selected in the Application Mode.
2 Appears as option 4 if E1 is selected in the Application Mode.
Figure 6-12. Provisioning Menu Trees - Copper Mode
6-16
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Trees
H
1. Bonding Group
1. - 12. DS1 Port 1 - 12
1. Disabled
2. Loopback Detect
2. CSU
3. NIU
4. FDL
3. DS1 Bonding
5. CSU + FDL
6. NIU + FDL
1. IS
3. State
2. OOS
13. DS1 Timing
1. Loop
1. DS1 Timing Mode
2. Line
3. Local
1. Sent Link ID
1. - 12. DS1 Port 1 - 12
Received Link ID
2. Expected Link ID
14. Link Identifiers
3. Set Expected Equal to Received
13. Set ALL Expected Link IDs
equal to Received Link IDs
1. No Action
14. Link Identifiers
2. Alarm Only
3. Alarm + Link Drop
1. Skew Threshold (ms)
4. Bonding Groups
1. - 4. Bonding Group 1 - 4
1. Disabled
2. XCV Threshold
2. 1e-8
3. 1e-7
4. 1e-6
5. 1e-5
6. 1e-4
7. 1e-3
3. Remote Auto-Provisioned
Group
I
Denotes that this item only appears when COT is selected in the Application Mode.
Figure 6-12. Provisioning Menu Trees - Copper Mode (Continued)
61189901L1-1B
6-17
MX3112 System Manual
1. EVCs
I
1. EVC Alias
1. Add EVC1
EVC Status
1. Disabled
2. EVC State
2. Enabled
1.–4. Ethernet 1–4
3. EVC Port
5.–8. Group 1–4
5. Packet Flows
9. Unspecified
4. EVC VLAN ID
1. Disabled
5. CE VLAN ID Preservation
2. Enabled
6. Maps for this EVC
7. Delete this EVC
2. Maps
1. Associated EVC
1. Add Map1
2. Map Alias
Map Status
1. Disabled
3. Map State
2. Enabled
1.–4. Ethernet 1–4
4. UNI Port
5.–8. Group 1–4
9. Unspecified
K
5. CE VLAN ID
6. CE VLAN P-bits2
7. DSCP value2
8. Untagged, Priority Tagged
Frames2
1. Disallow
2. Allow
1. Explicit 0 (BE)
9. Class of Service
2. Explicit 1 (BK)
3. Explicit 2
4. Explicit 3 (EE)
5. Explicit 4 (CL)
6. Explicit 5 (VI)
7. Explicit 6 (VO)
8. Explicit 7 (NC)
9. Inherit from
CE VLAN P-bits
10. Delete this Map
J
1 This option number increases or decreases by one as each flow is added or deleted.
2 This option is available only when a CE VLAN ID is specified.
Figure 6-12. Provisioning Menu Trees - Copper Mode (Continued)
6-18
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Trees
K
3. Profiles
1. Profile Alias
1. Add Profile1
Profile Status
1. Disabled
2. Profile State
2. Enabled
1. Unspecified
3. Application
2. UNI port
3. EVC
CE-VLAN CoS
4. UNI port of profile or EVC of profile2
5. CoS value(s) of profile3
1. Disabled
6. Rate Coupling
2. Enabled
7. Committed Information
Rate (kbps)
8. Committed Burst Size (bytes)
9. Excess Information Rate (kbps)
10. Excess Burst Size (bytes)
11. Maps for this profile
12. Delete this profile
1. One-to-One Port/Group Mapping
with Default EVC VIDs
4. Pre-defined flows
2. One-to-One Port/Group Mapping
with Transparent EVCs
5. Delete all flows
6. Egress Queue Depths
1 This option number increases or decreases by one as each flow is added or deleted.
2 This option only appears when UNI port, EVC, or CE-VLAN is selected in the Application. The option appears as UNI port of profile when
UNI port is selected in the Application and as EVC of profile when EVC or CE-VLAN is selected in the Application.
3 This option only appears when CE-VLAN CoS is selected in the Application.
Figure 6-12. Provisioning Menu Trees - Copper Mode (Continued)
61189901L1-1B
6-19
MX3112 System Manual
J
1. Disabled
1. Ethernet State
2. Enabled
6. Ethernet Client Ports
1. - 4. Ethernet Client Port 1 - 4
1. Auto
2. Provisioned Rate & Duplex
2. 10, Half
3. 10, Full
4. 100, Half
5. 100, Full
Functional Rate & Duplex
1. MDI
3. Cross-Over Mode
2. MDI-X
3. Auto
1. Disabled
4. Link State Awareness
2. Enabled
Link Status
7. Traffic Classes
1. - 7. Traffic Class 0 - 7
Enter Queue Depth (packets)
8. Equipment Protection
1. Perform Manual Switch
L
Figure 6-12. Provisioning Menu Trees - Copper Mode (Continued)
6-20
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Trees
L
1. Auto
1. Craft Port Baud Rate
2. Disabled
3. 9600
4. 19200
9. General
5. 38400
6. 57600
7. 115200
Functional Baud Rate
2. Date
3. Time
1. Disabled
4. Auto-Logoff Inactivity Time
2. 1-Min
3. 5-Min
4. 10-Min
5. 15-Min
6. 30-Min
7. 45-Min
8. 60-Min
5. System ID
6. Scheduled Card Reset
7. Card Reset
8. Restore Default Provisioning
10. Network Management
M
11. Save Provisioning
1. Disabled
12. Auto Save
2. Enabled
1. Users Currently Logged On
13. Security Administration
1. ADMIN
1. Enable/Disable User Account
2. READONLY
2. Access Rights
2. Edit User Accounts
1. READ
2. TEST
3. READWRITE
3. READ/WRITE
4. TEST
4. ADMIN
3. Access Tech Support Account
3. Change Password
4. Restore Default Security Settings
4. Delete User
14. Change ADMIN’s Password
Figure 6-12. Provisioning Menu Trees - Copper Mode (Continued)
61189901L1-1B
6-21
MX3112 System Manual
1. Disabled
1. Management Mode
2. Local
1. Management Mode
3. VLAN
2. Management VLAN ID
1. - 4. Port 1 - 4
M
3. Management Port/Group
2. IP Address
5. - 8. Group 1 - 4
3. Subnet Mask
4. Gateway
MAC Address
1. Auto
5. TFTP Server
1. Provisioned Rate & Duplex
2. 10 Mbps Half Duplex
3. 10 Mbps Full Duplex
6. Rear Ethernet Interface
4. 100 Mbps Half Duplex
5. 100 Mbps Full Duplex
Functional Rate & Duplex
1. MDI
2. Cross-Over Mode
2. MDI-X
3. Auto
Link Status
1. TL1 Telnet Port
7. Network Service Ports
2. TL1 Raw-TCP Port
3. Secondary Telnet Port
1. Disabled
1. SNMP State
2. Enabled
8. SNMP
1. Disabled
2. SNMP Traps
2. Enabled
1. Valid
1. Status
2. Under Creation
3. - 6. Trap Host 1 - 4
3. Invalid
2. IP
1. Version 1
3. Version
2. Version 2
4. Confirmation Timeout (sec)
7. System ID
5. Confirmation Retries
8. System Location
9. System Contact
10. Read Community
11. Write Community
Denotes that these items only appear when Valid or Under Creation is selected in the Status.
Figure 6-13. Network Management Menu Tree - Copper Mode
6-22
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Trees
1. Application Mode (Same As Provisioning\Application Mode)
B
1. Disabled
1. Ethernet State
2. Select Ethernet Client Ports
2. Enabled
1. - 4. Ethernet Client Port 1 - 4
1. Auto
2. Provisioned Rate & Duplex
2. 10, Half
3. 10, Full
4. 100, Half
5. 100, Full
Functional Rate & Duplex
1. MDI
3. Cross-Over Mode
2. MDI-X
3. Auto
1. Disabled
4. Link State Awareness
2. Enabled
Link Status
3. Packet Flows (Same As Provisioning\Packet Flows)
1. Disabled
1. Management Mode
2. Local
4. Management Mode
3. VLAN
2. Management VLAN ID
1. - 4. Port 1 - 4
3. Management Port/Group
5. - 8. Group 1 - 4
5. IP Address
6. Subnet Mask
7. Gateway
8. Date
9. Time
10. System ID
11. - 22. DS1 Port 1 - 12
Figure 6-14. Quick Setup Menu Tree - Copper Mode
61189901L1-1B
6-23
MX3112 System Manual
1. Controller Equipment
C
Status
2. Environmental Alarms
3. Ethernet Client Ports
4. DS1 Ports
5. Bonding Group Status
1. No Test
1. - 12. DS1 Port 1 - 12
2. Analog Network
3. Digital Line
4. CSU Loopback
D
5. CSU LB w/ Pattern
Test
6. NIU Loopback
7. NIU LB w/ Pattern
8. Pattern Test
13. Bonding DS1s
1. No Test
1. - 12. DS1 Port 1 - 12
2. Line
3. Payload
1. Inactive
14. Test Alarm Relays
1. Alarm Relay Test Status
2. Active
15. Reset ALL Tests
1. Disabled
16. Test Timeout
2. 1 minute
3. 5 minutes
4. 10 minutes
5. 15 minutes
6. 30 minutes
7. 45 minutes
8. 60 minutes
1. QRSS
17. Pattern
2. ALL ONES
3. ALL ZEROS
4. 2 IN 8 (2:6)
5. 1 IN 8 (1:7)
6. 2^15-1 INV
Figure 6-15. Status and Test Menu Trees - Copper Mode
6-24
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Trees
1. DS1 Port Statistics
M
E
2. DS1 Bonding Statistics
3. Bonding Group Statistics
4. Ethernet Client Statistics
O
P
Q
5. Reset ALL Current
Interval PM Data
6. Reset ALL PM Data
7. Reset ALL PM Thresholds
to Defaults
8. Enable ALL PM Thresholds
9. Disable ALL PM Thresholds
Figure 6-16. Performance Monitoring Menu Tree - Copper Mode
61189901L1-1B
6-25
MX3112 System Manual
1. Near End Daily
1. CV-L
1. - 12. DS1 #1 - #12 [PM Data]
2. Near End Quarter Hourly
2. ES-L
3. SES-L
4. LOSS-L
3. Near End Daily Thresholds
4. Near End Quarter
Hourly Thresholds
1. CV-L
2. ES-L
1. Threshold
1. Disabled
2. Alarm
3. SES-L
2. Enabled
4. LOSS-L
N
5. Reset selected DS1
Thresholds to Defaults
6. Enable selected
DS1 Thresholds
7. Disable selected
DS1 Thresholds
5. Reset DS1 # Current
Interval PM Data
6. Reset DS1 # PM Data
13. Reset ALL DS1 Port
Current Interval PM Data
14. Reset ALL DS1 Port PM Data
15. Reset ALL DS1 Port Thresholds
16. Enable ALL DS1 Port Thresholds
17. Disable ALL DS1 Port Thresholds
Figure 6-17. DS1 Port Statistics Menu Tree - Copper Mode
6-26
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Trees
1. Near End Daily
1. CV-P
1. - 12. DS1 #1 - #12 [PM Data]
2. Near End Quarter Hourly
2. ES-P
3. SES-P
4. UAS-P
3. Far End Daily
4. Far End Quarter Hourly
1. CV-PFE
2. ES-PFE
3. SES-PFE
4. UAS-PFE
5. Near End Daily Thresholds
6. Near End Quarter
Hourly Thresholds
1. CV-P
2. ES-P
1. Threshold
1. Disabled
2. Alarm
2. Enabled
3. SES-P
4. UAS-P
5. Reset selected DS1
Thresholds to Defaults
O
6. Enable selected
DS1 Thresholds
7. Disable selected
DS1 Thresholds
7. Far End Daily Thresholds
8. Far End Quarter
Hourly Thresholds
1. CV-PFE
2. ES-PFE
1. Threshold
1. Disabled
2. Alarm
3. SES-PFE
2. Enabled
4. UAS-PFE
5. Reset selected DS1
Thresholds to Defaults
6. Enable selected
DS1 Thresholds
7. Disable selected
DS1 Thresholds
9. Reset DS1 # Current
Interval PM Data
10. Reset DS1 # PM Data
13. Reset ALL DS1 Bonding
Current Interval PM Data
14. Reset ALL DS1 Bonding PM Data
15. Reset ALL DS1 Bonding Thresholds
16. Enable ALL DS1
Bonding Thresholds
17. Disable ALL DS1
Bonding Thresholds
Figure 6-18. DS1 Bonding Statistics Menu Tree - Copper Mode
61189901L1-1B
6-27
MX3112 System Manual
1. Daily Performance
1. Rx Frames
1. - 4. Bonding Group 1 - 4
2. Quarter Hourly Performance
2. Rx Bytes
3. Rx Errored Events
4. Tx Frames
5. Tx Bytes
3. Daily Thresholds
4. Quarter Hourly Thresholds
1. Rx Frames
2. Rx Bytes
1. Threshold
1. Disabled
2. Alarm
2. Enabled
3. Rx Error Events
4. Tx Frames
5. Tx Bytes
P
6. Reset ALL Bonding
Group Thresholds
7. Enable ALL Bonding
Group Thresholds
8. Disable ALL Bonding
Group Thresholds
5. Reset Bonding Group #
Current Interval PM Data
6. Reset Bonding
Group # PM Data
5. Reset ALL Bonding Group
Current Interval PM Data
6. Reset ALL Bonding Group PM Data
7. Reset ALL Bonding Group Thresholds
8. Enable ALL Bonding
Group Thresholds
9. Disable ALL Bonding
Group Thresholds
Figure 6-19. Bonding Group Statistics Menu Tree - Copper Mode
6-28
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Trees
1. Daily Performance
1. Rx Packets
1. - 4. Ethernet Port 1 - 4
2. Quarter Hourly Performance
2. Rx Octets
3. Rx CRC & Align Errors
4. Rx Undersize Packets
5. Rx Oversize Packets
6. Rx Collisions
7. Tx Packets
8. Tx Octets
3. Daily Thresholds
4. Quarter Hourly Thresholds
1. Rx Packets
2. Rx Octets
1. Threshold
1. Disabled
2. Alarm
3. Rx CRC & Align Errors
2. Enabled
4. Rx Undersize Packets
5. Rx Oversize Packets
6. Rx Collisions
Q
7. Tx Packets
8. Tx Octets
9. Reset Thresholds to
Defaults for selected Port
10. Enable Thresholds
for selected Port
11. Disable Thresholds
for selected Port
5. Reset Ethernet Port #
Current Interval PM Data
6. Reset Ethernet Port #
PM Data
5. Reset ALL Ethernet Client
Current Interval PM Data
6. Reset ALL Ethernet Client PM Data
7. Reset ALL Ethernet Client Thresholds
8. Enable ALL Ethernet
Client Thresholds
9. Disable ALL Ethernet
Client Thresholds
Figure 6-20. Ethernet Client Statistics Menu Tree - Copper Mode
61189901L1-1B
6-29
MX3112 System Manual
1. Master Log
System Alarms
F
2. Controller A
Controller B
1. AUX # Input Description
1. - 4. Aux #1 - 4 Input
1. Disabled
2. AUX # Input Level
2. Info
3. Alert
4. Minor
1. Environmental Alarms
5. Major
6. Critical
7. ACO
5. - 6. PWR Bus A/B Input
1. Disabled
1. PWR A/B FAIL Level
2. Info
3. User-Definable Alarms
3. Alert
4. Minor
5. Major
6. Critical
1. Disabled
2. Stand-by Controller Removed Level
2. Info
3. Alert
4. Minor
5. Major
6. Critical
1. Ascending
4. Alarm Chronology
2. Descending
1. Y-Modem
Controller A
Firmware Upgrade
G
Controller B
1. TFTP Server
2. TFTP
2. Remote Filename
3. Initiate Transfer
3. Reset Active Controller
Figure 6-21. System Alarms and Firmware Upgrade Menu Trees - Copper Mode
6-30
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Trees
DS3 Mode
Controller A/B
1. Configuration
CLEI Code
Part Number
Serial Number
MAC Address
Product Revision
MX3112 Main Menu
Code Version
Code Checksum
Boot Version
Boot Checksum
2. Provisioning
3. Quick Setup
4. Status
5. Test
6. Performance Monitoring
7. System Alarms
A
B
C
D
E
F
8. Remote Management
8. or 9. Firmware Upgrade 1
G
9. or 10. Logout 2
Denotes that this item only appears when COT is selected in the Application Mode.
1 Appears as option 8 if RT is selected in the Application Mode and as option 9 if COT is selected in the Application Mode.
2 Appears as option 9 if RT is selected in the Application Mode and as option 10 if COT is selected in the Application Mode.
Figure 6-22. MX3112 Main Menu Tree - DS3 Mode
61189901L1-1B
6-31
MX3112 System Manual
1. COT
1. COT/RT
2. RT
1. Application Mode
1. Copper
2. Copper/DS3
2. DS3
1. DS1
3. DS1/E1
2. E1
1. Disabled
4. Auto-Provisioning 1
2. Enabled
A
1. PCM-30
4. E1 Framing Mode 2
2. PCM-30 w/CRC
3. PCM-31
4. PCM-31 w/CRC
5. Unframed
1. C-Bit
1. Tx Framing
2. M23
2. DS3 Interface
1. Loop
2. Tx Clock Source
2. Local
1. Disabled
3. Loopback Detection
2. Enabled
4. DS3 Circuit Identifier
1. Near End Facility ID Code
5. DS3 Equipment Identifier
2. Near End Location ID Code
3. Near End Frame ID Code
4. Near End Unit Code
5. Near End Equipment Code
Far End Facility ID Code
Far End Location ID Code
Far End Frame ID Code
Far End Unit Code
H
Far End Equipment Code
1 Appears as option 4 if RT and DS1 is selected in the Application Mode.
2 Appears as option 4 if E1 is selected in the Application Mode.
Figure 6-23. Provisioning Menu Trees - DS3 Mode
6-32
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Trees
H
1. Disabled
1. State
2. Enabled
1. - 12. DS1 Port 1 - 12
1. 0-133
2. Line Length (feet)
2. 133-266
3. 266-399
4. 399-533
5. 533-655
3. Line Coding
3. DS1 Port Interfaces
1. AMI
2. B8ZS
1. Disabled
4. Loopback Detection
2. CSU
3. NIU
5. Circuit Identifier
1. Copy FROM DS1 Port
13. Copy Provisioning to Multiple
State
Line Length (feet)
Line Coding
Loopback Detection
2. First DS1 Port to Copy TO
3. Last DS1 Port to Copy TO
4. Copy Provisioning
I
Figure 6-23. Provisioning Menu Trees - DS3 Mode (Continued)
61189901L1-1B
6-33
MX3112 System Manual
I
1. Bonding Group
1. - 12. DS1 Port 1 - 12
1. Disabled
2. Loopback Detect
2. CSU
3. NIU
4. FDL
3. DS1 Bonding
5. CSU + FDL
6. NIU + FDL
1. IS
3. State
2. OOS
13. DS1 Timing
1. Loop
1. DS1 Timing Mode
2. Line
3. Local
1. Sent Link ID
1. - 12. DS1 Port 1 - 12
Received Link ID
2. Expected Link ID
14. Link Identifiers
3. Set Expected Equal to Received
13. Set ALL Expected Link IDs
equal to Received Link IDs
1. No Action
14. Link Identifiers
2. Alarm Only
3. Alarm + Link Drop
1. Skew Threshold (ms)
5. Bonding Groups
1. - 4. Bonding Group 1 - 4
1. Disabled
2. XCV Threshold
2. 1e-8
3. 1e-7
4. 1e-6
5. 1e-5
6. 1e-4
7. 1e-3
3. Remote Auto-Provisioned
Group
J
Denotes that this item only appears when COT is selected in the Application Mode.
Figure 6-23. Provisioning Menu Trees - DS3 Mode (Continued)
6-34
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Trees
1. EVCs
J
1. EVC Alias
1. Add EVC1
EVC Status
1. Disabled
2. EVC State
2. Enabled
1.–4. Ethernet 1–4
3. EVC Port
5.–8. Group 1–4
5. Packet Flows
9. Unspecified
4. EVC VLAN ID
1. Disabled
5. CE VLAN ID Preservation
2. Enabled
6. Maps for this EVC
7. Delete this EVC
2. Maps
1. Associated EVC
1. Add Map1
2. Map Alias
Map Status
1. Disabled
3. Map State
2. Enabled
1.–4. Ethernet 1–4
4. UNI Port
5.–8. Group 1–4
9. Unspecified
L
5. CE VLAN ID
6. CE VLAN P-bits2
7. DSCP value2
8. Untagged, Priority Tagged
Frames2
1. Disallow
2. Allow
1. Explicit 0 (BE)
9. Class of Service
2. Explicit 1 (BK)
3. Explicit 2
4. Explicit 3 (EE)
5. Explicit 4 (CL)
6. Explicit 5 (VI)
7. Explicit 6 (VO)
8. Explicit 7 (NC)
9. Inherit from
CE VLAN P-bits
10. Delete this Map
K
1 This option number increases or decreases by one as each flow is added or deleted.
2 This option is available only when a CE VLAN ID is specified.
Figure 6-23. Provisioning Menu Trees - DS3 Mode (Continued)
61189901L1-1B
6-35
MX3112 System Manual
L
3. Profiles
1. Profile Alias
1. Add Profile1
Profile Status
1. Disabled
2. Profile State
2. Enabled
1. Unspecified
3. Application
2. UNI port
3. EVC
CE-VLAN CoS
4. UNI port of profile or EVC of profile2
5. CoS value(s) of profile3
1. Disabled
6. Rate Coupling
2. Enabled
7. Committed Information
Rate (kbps)
8. Committed Burst Size (bytes)
9. Excess Information Rate (kbps)
10. Excess Burst Size (bytes)
11. Maps for this profile
12. Delete this profile
1. One-to-One Port/Group Mapping
with Default EVC VIDs
4. Pre-defined flows
2. One-to-One Port/Group Mapping
with Transparent EVCs
5. Delete all flows
6. Egress Queue Depths
1 This option number increases or decreases by one as each flow is added or deleted.
2 This option only appears when UNI port, EVC, or CE-VLAN is selected in the Application. The option appears as UNI port of profile when
UNI port is selected in the Application and as EVC of profile when EVC or CE-VLAN is selected in the Application.
3 This option only appears when CE-VLAN CoS is selected in the Application.
Figure 6-23. Provisioning Menu Trees - DS3 Mode (Continued)
6-36
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Trees
K
1. Disabled
1. Ethernet State
2. Enabled
7. Ethernet Client Ports
1. - 4. Ethernet Client Port 1 - 4
1. Auto
2. Provisioned Link Speed & Duplex
2. 10, Half
3. 10, Full
4. 100, Half
5. 100, Full
Functional Link Speed & Duplex
1. MDI
3. Cross-Over Mode
2. MDI-X
3. Auto
1. Disabled
4. Link State Awareness
2. Enabled
Link Status
8. Traffic Classes
1. - 7. Traffic Class 0 - 7
Enter Queue Depth (packets)
9. Equipment Protection
1. Perform Manual Switch
M
Figure 6-23. Provisioning Menu Trees - DS3 Mode (Continued)
61189901L1-1B
6-37
MX3112 System Manual
M
1. Auto
1. Craft Port Baud Rate
2. Disabled
3. 9600
4. 19200
10. General
5. 38400
6. 57600
7. 115200
Functional Baud Rate
2. Date
3. Time
1. Disabled
4. Auto-Logoff Inactivity Time
2. 1-Min
3. 5-Min
4. 10-Min
5. 15-Min
6. 30-Min
7. 45-Min
8. 60-Min
5. System ID
6. Scheduled Card Reset
7. Card Reset
8. Restore Default Provisioning
11. Network Management
N
12. Save Provisioning
1. Disabled
13. Auto Save
2. Enabled
1. Users Currently Logged On
14. Security Administration
1. ADMIN
1. Enable/Disable User Account
2. READONLY
2. Access Rights
2. Edit User Accounts
1. READ
2. TEST
3. READWRITE
3. READ/WRITE
4. TEST
4. ADMIN
3. Access Tech Support Account
3. Change Password
4. Restore Default Security Settings
4. Delete User
15. Change ADMIN’s Password
Figure 6-23. Provisioning Menu Trees - DS3 Mode (Continued)
6-38
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Trees
1. Disabled
1. Management Mode
2. Local
1. Management Mode
3. VLAN
2. Management VLAN ID
1. - 4. Port 1 - 4
N
3. Management Port/Group
2. IP Address
5. - 8. Group 1 - 4
3. Subnet Mask
4. Gateway
MAC Address
1. Auto
5. TFTP Server
1. Provisioned Rate & Duplex
2. 10 Mbps Half Duplex
3. 10 Mbps Full Duplex
6. Rear Ethernet Interface
4. 100 Mbps Half Duplex
5. 100 Mbps Full Duplex
Functional Rate & Duplex
1. MDI
2. Cross-Over Mode
2. MDI-X
3. Auto
Link Status
1. TL1 Telnet Port
7. Network Service Ports
2. TL1 Raw-TCP Port
3. Secondary Telnet Port
1. Disabled
1. SNMP State
2. Enabled
8. SNMP
1. Disabled
2. SNMP Traps
2. Enabled
1. Valid
1. Status
2. Under Creation
3. - 6. Trap Host 1 - 4
3. Invalid
2. IP
1. Version 1
3. Version
2. Version 2
4. Confirmation Timeout (sec)
5. Confirmation Retries
7. System ID
8. System Location
9. System Contact
10. Read Community
11. Write Community
Denotes that these items only appear when Valid or Under Creation is selected in the Status.
Figure 6-24. Network Management Menu Tree - DS3 Mode
61189901L1-1B
6-39
MX3112 System Manual
1. Application Mode (Same As Provisioning\Application Mode)
1. Disabled
B
1. Ethernet State
2. Select Ethernet Client Ports
2. Enabled
1. - 4. Ethernet Client Port 1 - 4
1. Auto
2. Provisioned Rate & Duplex
2. 10, Half
3. 10, Full
4. 100, Half
5. 100, Full
Functional Rate & Duplex
1. MDI
3. Cross-Over Mode
2. MDI-X
3. Auto
1. Disabled
4. Link State Awareness
2. Enabled
Link Status
3. Packet Flows (Same As Provisioning\Packet Flows)
1. Disabled
1. Management Mode
2. Local
4. Management Mode
3. VLAN
2. Management VLAN ID
1. - 4. Port 1 - 4
3. Management Port/Group
5. - 8. Group 1 - 4
5. IP Address
6. Subnet Mask
7. Gateway
8. Date
9. Time
10. System ID
11. - 22. DS1 Port 1 - 12
Figure 6-25. Quick Setup Menu Tree - DS3 Mode
6-40
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Trees
1. Controller Equipment
C
Status
2. DS3
1. Go to Test Menu for DS1s in DS3
3. Environmental Alarms
4. Ethernet Client Ports
5. DS1 Ports
6. Bonding Group Status
1. No Test
1. - 12. DS1 Port 1 - 12
2. Analog Network
3. Digital Line
4. CSU Loopback
D
5. CSU LB w/ Pattern
Test
6. NIU Loopback
7. NIU LB w/ Pattern
8. Pattern Test
13. Bonding DS1s
1. No Test
1. - 12. DS3 Trib 13 - 24
2. Line
3. Payload
1. No Test
14. DS3
2. Line Loopback
3. Digital Loopback
4. Remote Loopback
5. Remote ALL T1
15. DS1s in DS3
1. No Test
1. - 28. DS1s in DS3
2. Tributary Loopback
3. Remote Loopback
4. Remote Loopback w/ Pattern
5. CSU Loopback
6. CSU Loopback w/ Pattern
7. NIU Loopback
8. NIU LB w/ Pattern
9. Pattern Test
O
Figure 6-26. Status and Test Menu Trees - DS3 Mode
61189901L1-1B
6-41
MX3112 System Manual
O
16. Test Alarm Relays
1. Inactive
1. Alarm Relay Test Status
2. Active
17. Reset ALL Tests
1. Disabled
18. Test Timeout
2. 1 minute
3. 5 minutes
4. 10 minutes
5. 15 minutes
6. 30 minutes
7. 45 minutes
8. 60 minutes
1. QRSS
19. Pattern
2. ALL ONES
3. ALL ZEROS
4. 2 IN 8 (2:6)
5. 1 IN 8 (1:7)
6. 2^15-1 INV
Figure 6-26. Test Menu Tree - DS3 Mode (Continued)
6-42
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Trees
1. DS3 Statistics
P
E
2. DS1 Port Statistics
3. DS1 Bonding Statistics
4. Bonding Group Statistics
5. Ethernet Client Statistics
Q
R
S
T
6. Reset ALL Current
Interval PM Data
7. Reset ALL PM Data
8. Reset ALL PM Thresholds
to Defaults
9. Enable ALL PM Thresholds
10. Disable ALL PM Thresholds
Figure 6-27. Performance Monitoring Menu Tree - DS3 Mode
61189901L1-1B
6-43
MX3112 System Manual
1. Near End Daily
P
2. Near End Quarter Hourly
1. CV-L
2. ES-L
3. SES-L
4. LOSS-L
5. CVP-P
6. ESP-P
7. SESP-P
8. UASP-P
9. CVCP-P
10. ESCP-P
11. SESCP-P
12. UASCP-P
3. Far End Daily
4. Far End Quarter Hourly
1. CVCP-PFE
2. ESCP-PFE
3. SESCP-PFE
4. UASCP-PFE
5. Near End Daily Thresholds
6. Near End Quarter
Hourly Thresholds
1. CV-L
2. ES-L
3. SES-L
1. Threshold
1. Disabled
2. Alarm
2. Enabled
4. LOSS-L
5. CVP-P
6. ESP-P
7. SESP-P
8. UASP-P
9. CVCP-P
10. ESCP-P
11. SESCP-P
12. UASCP-P
13. Reset selected DS3 PM
Thresholds to Defaults
14. Enable selected
DS3 PM Thresholds
15. Disable selected
DS3 PM Thresholds
U
Figure 6-28. DS3 Statistics Menu Tree - DS3 Mode
6-44
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Trees
U
7. Far End Daily Thresholds
8. Far End Quarter
Hourly Thresholds
1. CVCP-PFE
2. ESCP-PFE
3. SESCP-PFE
1. Threshold
1. Disabled
2. Alarm
2. Enabled
4. UASCP-PFE
5. Reset selected DS3 PM
Thresholds to Defaults
6. Enable selected
DS3 PM Thresholds
7. Disable selected
DS3 PM Thresholds
9. Reset DS3 Current
Interval PM Data
10. Reset DS3 PM Data
Figure 6-28. DS3 Statistics Menu Tree - DS3 Mode (Continued)
61189901L1-1B
6-45
MX3112 System Manual
1. Near End Daily
1. CV-L
1. - 12. DS1 #1 - #12 [PM Data]
2. Near End Quarter Hourly
2. ES-L
3. SES-L
4. LOSS-L
3. Near End Daily Thresholds
4. Near End Quarter
Hourly Thresholds
1. CV-L
2. ES-L
1. Threshold
1. Disabled
2. Alarm
3. SES-L
2. Enabled
4. LOSS-L
Q
5. Reset selected DS1
Thresholds to Defaults
6. Enable selected
DS1 Thresholds
7. Disable selected
DS1 Thresholds
5. Reset DS1 # Current
Interval PM Data
6. Reset DS1 # PM Data
13. Reset ALL DS1 Port
Current Interval PM Data
14. Reset ALL DS1 Port PM Data
15. Reset ALL DS1 Port Thresholds
16. Enable ALL DS1 Port Thresholds
17. Disable ALL DS1 Port Thresholds
Figure 6-29. DS1 Port Statistics Menu Tree - DS3 Mode
6-46
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Trees
1. Near End Daily
1. - 12. Trib #13 - #24 [PM Data]
1. CV-P
2. Near End Quarter Hourly
2. ES-P
3. SES-P
4. UAS-P
3. Far End Daily
1. CV-PFE
4. Far End Quarter Hourly
2. ES-PFE
3. SES-PFE
4. UAS-PFE
5. Near End Daily Thresholds
6. Near End Quarter
Hourly Thresholds
1. CV-P
2. ES-P
1. Threshold
1. Disabled
2. Alarm
2. Enabled
3. SES-P
4. UAS-P
5. Reset selected DS1
Thresholds to Defaults
R
6. Enable selected
DS1 Thresholds
7. Disable selected
DS1 Thresholds
7. Far End Daily Thresholds
8. Far End Quarter
Hourly Thresholds
1. CV-PFE
2. ES-PFE
1. Threshold
1. Disabled
2. Alarm
3. SES-PFE
2. Enabled
4. UAS-PFE
5. Reset selected DS1
Thresholds to Defaults
6. Enable selected
DS1 Thresholds
7. Disable selected
DS1 Thresholds
9. Reset Trib # Current
Interval PM Data
13. Reset ALL DS1 Bonding
Current Interval PM Data
10. Reset Trib # PM Data
14. Reset ALL DS1 Bonding PM Data
15. Reset ALL DS1 Bonding Thresholds
16. Enable ALL DS1
Bonding Thresholds
17. Disable ALL DS1
Bonding Thresholds
Figure 6-30. DS1 Bonding Statistics Menu Tree - DS3 Mode
61189901L1-1B
6-47
MX3112 System Manual
1. Daily Performance
1. Rx Frames
1. - 4. Bonding Group 1 - 4
2. Quarter Hourly Performance
2. Rx Bytes
3. Rx Errored Events
4. Tx Frames
5. Tx Bytes
3. Daily Thresholds
4. Quarter Hourly Thresholds
1. Rx Frames
2. Rx Bytes
1. Threshold
1. Disabled
2. Alarm
3. Rx Error Events
2. Enabled
4. Tx Frames
5. Tx Bytes
S
6. Reset ALL Bonding
Group Thresholds
7. Enable ALL Bonding
Group Thresholds
8. Disable ALL Bonding
Group Thresholds
5. Reset Bonding Group #
Current Interval PM Data
6. Reset Bonding
Group # PM Data
5. Reset ALL Bonding Group
Current Interval PM Data
6. Reset ALL Bonding Group PM Data
7. Reset ALL Bonding Group Thresholds
8. Enable ALL Bonding
Group Thresholds
9. Disable ALL Bonding
Group Thresholds
Figure 6-31. Bonding Group Statistics Menu Tree - DS3 Mode
6-48
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Trees
1. Daily Performance
1. Rx Packets
1. - 4. Ethernet Port 1 - 4
2. Quarter Hourly Performance
2. Rx Octets
3. Rx CRC & Align Errors
4. Rx Undersize Packets
5. Rx Oversize Packets
6. Rx Collisions
7. Tx Packets
8. Tx Octets
3. Daily Thresholds
4. Quarter Hourly Thresholds
1. Rx Packets
2. Rx Octets
1. Threshold
1. Disabled
2. Alarm
3. Rx CRC & Align Errors
2. Enabled
4. Rx Undersize Packets
5. Rx Oversize Packets
T
6. Rx Collisions
7. Tx Packets
8. Tx Octets
9. Reset Thresholds to
Defaults for selected Port
10. Enable Thresholds
for selected Port
11. Disable Thresholds
for selected Port
5. Reset Ethernet Port #
Current Interval PM Data
6. Reset Ethernet Port #
PM Data
5. Reset ALL Ethernet Client
Current Interval PM Data
6. Reset ALL Ethernet Client PM Data
7. Reset ALL Ethernet Client Thresholds
8. Enable ALL Ethernet
Client Thresholds
9. Disable ALL Ethernet
Client Thresholds
Figure 6-32. Ethernet Client Statistics Menu Tree - DS3 Mode
61189901L1-1B
6-49
MX3112 System Manual
1. Master Log
F
System Alarms
2. Controller A
Controller B
1. AUX # Input Description
1. - 4. Aux #1 - 4 Input
1. Disabled
2. AUX # Input Level
2. Info
3. Alert
4. Minor
1. Environmental Alarms
5. Major
6. Critical
7. ACO
5. - 6. PWR Bus A/B Input
1. Disabled
1. PWR A/B FAIL Level
2. Info
3. User-Definable Alarms
3. Alert
4. Minor
5. Major
6. Critical
1. Disabled
2. Stand-by Controller Removed Level
2. Info
3. Alert
4. Minor
5. Major
6. Critical
1. Ascending
4. Alarm Chronology
2. Descending
1. Y-Modem
Controller A
G
Firmware Upgrade
Controller B
1. TFTP Server
2. TFTP
2. Remote Filename
3. Initiate Transfer
3. Reset Active Controller
Figure 6-33. System Alarms and Firmware Upgrade Menu Trees - DS3 Mode
6-50
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
MENU DESCRIPTIONS
This section describes the individual menus and screens of the MX3112 system.
MX3112 Main Menu
The MX3112 Main Menu (see Figure 6-34) is the access point to all other operations. Each
Main Menu item has several functions and submenus that identify and provide access to
specific operations and parameters.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
-
Configuration
Provisioning
Quick Setup
Status
Test
Performance Monitoring
System Alarms
Remote Management
9 - Firmware Upgrade
10 - Logout
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-34. MX3112 Main Menu
The MX3112 Main Menu options are shown in Table 6-2.
Table 6-2. MX3112 Main Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Configuration
This option displays the “Configuration Screen” on
page 6-53.
2
Provisioning
This option displays the “Provisioning Menu” on
page 6-55.
3
Quick Setup
This option displays the “Quick Setup Menu” on
page 6-132.
4
Status
This option displays the “Status Menu” on page 6136.
5
Test
This option displays the “Test Menu” on page 6-152.
61189901L1-1B
6-51
MX3112 System Manual
Table 6-2. MX3112 Main Menu Options (Continued)
Option
Description
Function
6
Performance Monitoring
This option displays the “Performance Monitoring
Menu” on page 6-165.
7
System Alarms
This option displays the “System Alarms Menu” on
page 6-213.
8
Remote Management
This option displays the “Remote Management
Menu (DS1 Mode Only)” on page 6-222.
This option appears only when the Application
Mode is set to COT.
8 or 9
Firmware Upgrade
This option displays the “Firmware Upgrade Menu”
on page 6-223.
This option appears as option 8 if RT is selected in
the Application Mode and as option 9 if COT is
selected in the Application Mode.
9 or 10
Logout
This option displays “Logout” on page 6-227.
This option appears as option 9 if RT is selected in
the Application Mode and as option 10 if COT is
selected in the Application Mode.
6-52
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Configuration Screen
The Configuration screen (see Figure 6-35) displays information about the MX3112 system.
Information such as Code Version changes as upgrades are performed. The CLEI Code and
Part Number can be used to search for related information on the ADTRAN web site or to order
additional parts. ADTRAN Technical Support can require some information from the Configuration screen.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Configuration
Controller A
CLEI Code
Part Number
Serial Number
MAC Address
:
:
:
:
M3CU100BTA
1189901L1
1234567890
00:00:00:00:00:00
Product Revision
Code Version
Code Checksum
Boot Version
Boot Checksum
:
:
:
:
:
A01
05F52B24
A01
02728600
Controller B
CLEI Code
Part Number
Serial Number
MAC Address
:
:
:
:
M3CU100BTA
1189901L1
1234567890
00:00:00:00:00:00
Product Revision
Code Version
Code Checksum
Boot Version
Boot Checksum
:
:
:
:
:
A01
05F52B24
A01
02728600
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-35. Configuration Screen
The Configuration screen fields for Controller A and Controller B are shown in Table 6-3.
Table 6-3. Configuration Screen Fields
Field
Description
CLEI Code
This field displays the Common Language Equipment Identifier (CLEI)
code of the MX3112 Controller Card.
Part Number
This field displays the part number of the MX3112 Controller Card.
Serial Number
This field displays the serial number of the MX3112 Controller Card.
MAC Address
This field displays the factory programmed Media Access Control (MAC)
or physical layer address for the MX3112 Controller Card.
Product Revision
This field displays the hardware product assembly revision of the
MX3112 Controller Card.
Code Version
This field displays the current application firmware revision level of the
MX3112 Controller Card.
Code Checksum
This field displays the checksum of the current application firmware
revision level of the MX3112 Controller Card.
61189901L1-1B
6-53
MX3112 System Manual
Table 6-3. Configuration Screen Fields (Continued)
Field
Description
Boot Version
This field displays the boot firmware revision code.
Boot Checksum
This field displays the checksum of the boot firmware revision code.
6-54
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Provisioning Menu
The Provisioning menu (see Figure 6-36 for copper mode and Figure 6-37 for DS3 mode) is
used to make provisioning changes to various options.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
-
Application Mode
DS1/E1 Port Interfaces
DS1/E1 Bonding
Bonding Groups
Packet Flows
Ethernet Client Ports
Equipment Protection
8
9
10
11
-
General
Local Network Management
Save Provisioning
Auto Save
: Copper, RT, Auto Prov Enabled
: Enabled
12 - Security Administration
13 - Change ADMIN's Password
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-36. Provisioning Menu - Copper Mode
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
-
Application Mode
DS3 Interface
DS1/E1 Port Interfaces
DS1/E1 Bonding
Bonding Groups
Packet Flows
Ethernet Client Ports
Equipment Protection
9
10
11
12
-
General
Local Network Management
Save Provisioning
Auto Save
: DS3, RT, Auto Prov Enabled
: Enabled
13 - Security Administration
14 - Change ADMIN's Password
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-37. Provisioning Menu - DS3 Mode
The Provisioning menu options are shown in Table 6-4.
61189901L1-1B
6-55
MX3112 System Manual
Table 6-4. Provisioning Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
Copper
DS3
1
1
Application Mode
This option displays the “Application Mode Menu”
on page 6-57.
N/A
2
DS3 Interface
This option displays the “DS3 Interface Menu DS3 Mode Only” on page 6-62.
2
3
DS1/E1 Port Interfaces
This option displays the “DS1/E1 Port Interfaces
Menu” on page 6-66.
3
4
DS1/E1 Bonding
This option displays the “DS1/E1 Bonding Menu”
on page 6-73.
4
5
Bonding Groups
This option displays the “Bonding Groups Menu”
on page 6-86.
5
6
Packet Flows
This option displays the “Flows Menu” on page 690.
6
7
Ethernet Client Ports
This option displays the “Ethernet Client Ports
Menu” on page 6-108.
7
8
Equipment Protection
This option displays the “Equipment Protection
Menu” on page 6-111.
8
9
General
This option displays the “General Provisioning
Menu” on page 6-112.
9
10
Network Management
This option displays the “Network Management
Menu” on page 6-114.
10
11
Save Provisioning
This option saves the current network settings.
11
12
Auto Save
This option displays the “Auto Save Menu” on
page 6-125.
12
13
Security Administration
This option displays the “Security Administration
Menu” on page 6-126.
13
14
Change Current ADMIN’s
Password
This option allows the current user to change their
password.
6-56
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Application Mode Menu
The Application Mode menu (see Figure 6-38 for DS1 mode and Figure 6-39 for E1 mode) is
used to select the terminal mode, application mode, and auto provisioning state. Refer to
Table 6-6 for detailed information on the different application mode combinations.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->Application Mode
1 - COT/RT
2 - Copper/DS3
3 - DS1/E1
: RT
: Copper
: DS1
4 - Auto Provisioning
: Enabled
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-38. Application Mode Menu - DS1 Mode
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->Application Mode
Selection :
1 - COT/RT
2 - Copper/DS3
3 - DS1/E1
: RT
: Copper
: E1
4 - E1 Framing Mode
: Unframed
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-39. Application Mode Menu - E1 Mode
61189901L1-1B
6-57
MX3112 System Manual
The Application Mode menu options are shown in Table 6-5.
Table 6-5. Application Mode Menu Options
Option
1
Description
Function
COT/RT
This option determines whether the MX3112
Controller Card operates as the master (COT) or as
the slave (RT). Options are as follows:
• COT
• RT: This option is the default setting and is
typically used when the MX3112 system is
connected to the OPTI-6100 GEFM.
When this option is set to COT mode, the transmit
timing for the bonded DS1s is automatically
provisioned as Local. When this option is set to RT
mode, the transmit timing for the bonded DS1s is
automatically provisioned as Loop. These timing
options can be changed independently, if needed.
When operating in COT mode, the unit periodically
transmits certain provisioning information toward
the RT device via the bonded DS1s. This
information includes the bonding group
assignments for each DS1.
2
Copper/DS3
This parameter determines whether the network
interface on the MX3112 system is configured for
copper mode (twelve DS1/E1s) or for DS3 mode
(channelized DS3). Options are as follows:
• Copper
• DS3
Reference the “Application Guidelines” on page 3-1
for a detailed explanation of this option.
3
DS1/E1
This parameter determines whether the bonded
channels for copper mode are formatted as DS1 or
E1 mode. Options are as follows:
• DS1
• E1
6-58
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-5. Application Mode Menu Options (Continued)
Option
4
Description
Function
Auto Provisioning
This option, which is only available when the
system is provisioned for RT mode and DS1 mode,
is used to select the auto provisioning state. Options
are as follows:
• Disabled: This option disables auto
provisioning. When disabled, the unit does not
respond to the bonding group assignment
messages received from the COT system. The
bonding group assignments must be performed
manually.
• Enabled: This option enables auto provisioning.
When enabled, the unit responds to the bonding
group assignment messages received from the
COT system. The automatic provisioning
overrides any manual bonding group
assignments performed at the RT. The system
ID of the RT is sent to the COT. This parameter
is programmed into the MX3112 system when it
is installed and allows a user-friendly ID to be
displayed on the Remote Management menu of
the COT.
4
E1 Framing
This option, which is only available when the
system is provisioned for E1 mode, displays the “E1
Framing Mode Menu” on page 6-60.
Table 6-6. Application Mode Combinations
Controller
DS3/Copper
DS1/E1
Description
List 1
DS3
DS1
DS1 tributaries 1–12 accessible on chassis DSX-1
connectors; DS1 tributaries 13–24 available for bonding
to carry Ethernet traffic; DS1 tributaries 24–28 are not
accessible.
List 2
DS3
DS1
DS1 tributaries 1–12 accessible on chassis DSX-1
connectors; DS1 tributaries 13–28 available for bonding
to carry Ethernet traffic.
List 1 or
List 2
Copper
DS1
Twelve DS1 channels available on chassis DSX-1
connectors for bonding to carry Ethernet traffic.
List 1
Copper
E1
Twelve E1 channels available on chassis DSX-1
connectors for bonding to carry Ethernet traffic.
61189901L1-1B
6-59
MX3112 System Manual
E1 Framing Mode Menu
The E1 Framing Mode menu (see Figure 6-40) determines the E1 framing mode for all E1 channels.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
E1 Framing Mode : Unframed
1
2
3
4
5
-
PCM-30
PCM-30 w/CRC
PCM-31
PCM-31 w/CRC
Unframed
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-40. E1 Framing Mode Menu
The E1 Framing Mode menu options are shown in Table 6-7.
Table 6-7. E1 Framing Mode Menu Options
Option
1
Description
Function
PCM-30
This option configures the E1 framing as the
following:
• Timeslot 0 carries basic FAS/NFAS framing.
• Timeslot 16 is unused.
• The remaining thirty timeslots carry payload.
2
PCM-30 w/CRC
This option configures the E1 framing as the
following:
• Timeslot 0 carries multiframe sequence with
CRC4.
• Timeslot 16 is unused.
• The remaining thirty timeslots carry payload.
3
PCM-31
This option configures the E1 framing as the
following:
• Timeslot 0 carries basic FAS/NFAS framing.
• The remaining thirty-one timeslots carry
payload.
6-60
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-7. E1 Framing Mode Menu Options (Continued)
Option
4
Description
Function
PCM-31 w/CRC
This option configures the E1 framing as the
following:
• Timeslot 0 carries multiframe sequence with
CRC4.
• The remaining thirty-one timeslots carry
payload.
5
Unframed
61189901L1-1B
This option configures the E1 framing to where all
thirty-two timeslots carry customer payload.
6-61
MX3112 System Manual
DS3 Interface Menu - DS3 Mode Only
The DS3 Interface menu (see Figure 6-41) provides options to provision the Tx framing, Tx
clock source, loopback detection, DS3 circuit identifier, and DS3 equipment identification.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->DS3 Interface
1
2
3
4
5
-
Tx Framing
Tx Clock Source
Loopback Detection
DS3 Circuit Identifier
DS3 Equipment Identification
:
:
:
:
M23
Local
Enabled
DS3 A
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-41. DS3 Interface Menu - DS3 Mode
The DS3 Interface menu options are shown in Table 6-8.
Table 6-8. DS3 Interface Menu Options - DS3 Mode
Option
Description
Function
1
Tx Framing
This option is used to provision the framing.
Options are as follows:
• C-bit
• M23 (also called “M13”)
2
Tx Clock Source
This option is used to provision the timing. Options
are as follows:
• Loop: When this option is selected, timing is
received from the DS3 network.
• Local: When this option is selected, timing is
44.736 Mbps ± 20 ppm (ANSI T1.102-1993).
6-62
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-8. DS3 Interface Menu Options - DS3 Mode (Continued)
Option
3
Description
Function
Loopback Detection
This option is used to disable or enable the FEAC
and C-bit loopbacks. Options are as follows:
• Disabled: When this option is selected, the
MX3112 system ignores all out of band
loopback requests (FEAC and DS2-Level C-bit).
The MX3112 system responds to individual T1
in-band CSU/NIU loopbacks if the system is
configured with the T1 loopback menu.
• Enabled: When this option is selected, the
MX3112 system responds to remote loopback
requests received over the DS3 far end alarm
and control (FEAC) channel and/or the DS2level C-bits. This mode is valid for both C-bit
and M23 framing formats.
4
DS3 Circuit Identifier
This option is used to enter a DS3 circuit identifier.
This field accepts up to 32 alphanumeric
characters, including spaces and special
characters.
5
DS3 Equipment Identification
This option displays the “Equipment Identification
Menu - DS3 Mode Only” on page 6-64.
61189901L1-1B
6-63
MX3112 System Manual
Equipment Identification Menu - DS3 Mode Only
The Equipment Identification menu (see Figure 6-42) is used to enter ID codes for the near
and far end facilities, locations, frames, units, and equipment. These fields provide userconfigurable text strings to identify the MX3112 system over the network.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->DS3 Interface->Equipment Identification
1
2
3
4
5
-
Near
Near
Near
Near
Near
Far
Far
Far
Far
Far
End
End
End
End
End
End
End
End
End
End
Facility ID Code
Location ID Code
Frame ID Code
Unit Code
Equipment Code
Facility ID Code
Location ID Code
Frame ID Code
Unit Code
Equipment Code
:
:
:
:
:
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
:
:
:
:
:
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-42. Equipment Identification Menu - DS3 Mode
The Equipment Identification menu options are shown in Table 6-9.
Table 6-9. Equipment Identification Menu Options - DS3 Mode
Option
6-64
Description
Function
1
Near End Facility ID Code
This option is used to enter a near end facility ID
code that is transmitted in the DS3 overhead to the
next device. The code is an user-configurable text
string. This field accepts up to 38 alphanumeric
characters, including spaces and special
characters.
2
Near End Location ID Code
This option is used to enter a near end location ID
code that is transmitted in the DS3 overhead to the
next device. The code is an user-configurable text
string. This field accepts up to 11 alphanumeric
characters, including spaces and special
characters.
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-9. Equipment Identification Menu Options - DS3 Mode (Continued)
Option
Description
Function
3
Near End Frame ID Code
This option is used to enter a near end frame ID
code that is transmitted in the DS3 overhead to the
next device. The code is an user-configurable text
string. This field accepts up to 10 alphanumeric
characters, including spaces and special
characters.
4
Near End Unit Code
This option is used to enter a near end unit code
that is transmitted in the DS3 overhead to the next
device. The code is an user-configurable text string.
This field accepts up to 6 alphanumeric characters,
including spaces and special characters.
5
Near End Equipment Code
This option is used to enter a near end equipment
code that is transmitted in the DS3 overhead to the
next device. The code is a user-configurable text
string. This field accepts up to 10 alphanumeric
characters, including spaces and special
characters.
Far End Facility ID Code
This field displays the facility ID code that is
received in the DS3 overhead from the device at the
far end of the DS3.
Far End Location ID Code
This field displays the location ID code that is
received in the DS3 overhead from the device at the
far end of the DS3.
Far End Frame ID Code
This field displays the frame ID code that is received
in the DS3 overhead from the device at the far end
of the DS3.
Far End Unit Code
This field displays the unit code that is received in
the DS3 overhead from the device at the far end of
the DS3.
Far End Equipment Code
This field displays the equipment code that is
received in the DS3 overhead from the device at the
far end of the DS3.
61189901L1-1B
6-65
MX3112 System Manual
DS1/E1 Port Interfaces Menu
The DS1 Port Interfaces menu (see Figure 6-43 for copper mode and Figure 6-44) is used to
view the current settings and access the provisioning options for each DS1/E1 port.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->DS1/E1 Ports
DS1
Port
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 -
State
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Line
Length(ft)
0-133
0-133
0-133
0-133
0-133
0-133
0-133
0-133
0-133
0-133
0-133
0-133
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
Port
Port
Port
Port
Port
Port
Port
Port
Port
Port
Port
Port
13 - Copy Provisioning to Multiple
Circuit ID
#1
#2
#3
#4
#5
#6
#7
#8
#9
#10
#11
#12
**Copper mode. All DS1s use B8ZS coding.**
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-43. DS1/E1 Port Interfaces Menu - Copper Mode
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->DS1/E1 Ports
DS1
Port
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 -
State
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Line
Length(ft)
0-133
0-133
0-133
0-133
0-133
0-133
0-133
0-133
0-133
0-133
0-133
0-133
Line
Coding
B8ZS
B8ZS
B8ZS
B8ZS
B8ZS
B8ZS
B8ZS
B8ZS
B8ZS
B8ZS
B8ZS
B8ZS
Loopback
Detect
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
Port
Port
Port
Port
Port
Port
Port
Port
Port
Port
Port
Port
Circuit ID
#1
#2
#3
#4
#5
#6
#7
#8
#9
#10
#11
#12
13 - Copy Provisioning to Multiple
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-44. DS1/E1 Port Interfaces Menu - DS3 Mode
The DS1/E1 Port Interfaces menu options are shown in Table 6-10.
6-66
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-10. DS1 Port Interfaces Menu Options
Option
1–12
13
Description
Function
DS1/E1 Port #
This option displays the “DS1/E1 Port Provisioning
Menu” on page 6-68.
Copy Provisioning to Multiple
This option displays the “Copy Provisioning to Multiple Ports Menu” on page 6-71.
61189901L1-1B
6-67
MX3112 System Manual
DS1/E1 Port Provisioning Menu
The DS1 Port Provisioning menu (see Figure 6-45 for copper mode and Figure 6-46 for DS3
mode) is used to set the state, line length, and circuit identifier for each individual DS1/E1
port. In DS3 mode, this menu is used to also provision the line coding and loopback detection.
NOTE
In copper mode, all DS1s use B8ZS coding.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->DS1/E1 Ports->Port #1
1 - State
2 - Line Length (feet)
3 - Circuit Identifier
Selection :
: Enabled
: 0-133
: DS1 Port #1
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-45. DS1/E1 Port Provisioning Menu - Copper Mode
6-68
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->DS1/E1 Ports->Port #1
1
2
3
4
5
-
State
Line Length (feet)
Line Coding
Loopback Detection
Circuit Identifier
:
:
:
:
:
Enabled
0-133
B8ZS
Disabled
DS1 Port #1
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-46. DS1/E1 Port Provisioning Menu - DS3 Mode
The DS1/E1 Port Provisioning menu options are shown in Table 6-11.
Table 6-11. DS1/E1 Port Provisioning Menu Fields
Option
Copper
DS3
1
1
Field
Description
State
This option is used to set the state. Options are as
follows:
• Disabled: The DS1/E1 transmit drivers are tristated, and no alarms associated with this port
are reported.
• Enabled: The DS1/E1 drivers are enabled and
alarms are not suppressed.
2
2
Line Length (feet)
This option is used to set the line length (line build
out) for each port interface according to the distance from the MX3112 system to the DTE device.
Options are as follows:
• 0–133
• 133–266
• 266–399
• 399–533
• 533–655
• 0–6 dB (E1 Mode Only)
61189901L1-1B
6-69
MX3112 System Manual
Table 6-11. DS1/E1 Port Provisioning Menu Fields (Continued)
Option
Copper
DS3
N/A
3
Field
Description
Line Coding
This option is used to select the line coding state.
Options are as follows:
• AMI
• B8ZS/HDB3
N/A
4
Loopback Detection (DS1 Mode
Only)
This option is used to select the loopback detect
state. Options are as follows:
• Disabled
• CSU
• NIU
3
6-70
5
Circuit Identifier
This option is used to enter a circuit identifier. The
circuit ID is a user-configurable text string field
used to name the individual ports. This field
accepts up to 32 alphanumeric characters,
including spaces and special characters.
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Copy Provisioning to Multiple Ports Menu
The Copy Provisioning to Multiple Ports menu (see Figure 6-47 for copper mode and Figure 648 for DS3 mode) is used to copy port settings to multiple ports at once.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->DS1/E1 Ports->Copy Provisioning to Multiple Ports
1 - Copy FROM DS1/E1 Port
State
Line Length (feet)
Loopback Detection
: 1
: Enabled
: 0-133
: Disabled
2 - First DS1/E1 Port to Copy TO
3 - Last DS1/E1 Port to Copy TO
: 2
: 12
4 - Copy Provisioning
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-47. Copy Provisioning to Multiple Ports Menu - Copper Mode
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->DS1/E1 Ports->Copy Provisioning to Multiple Ports
1 - Copy FROM DS1/E1 Port
State
Line Length (feet)
Line Coding
Loopback Detection
: 1
:
:
:
:
2 - First DS1/E1 Port to Copy TO
3 - Last DS1/E1 Port to Copy TO
Enabled
0-133
B8ZS
Disabled
: 2
: 12
4 - Copy Provisioning
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-48. Copy Provisioning to Multiple Ports Menu - DS3 Mode
The Copy Provisioning to Multiple Ports menu options are shown in Table 6-12.
61189901L1-1B
6-71
MX3112 System Manual
Table 6-12. Copy Provisioning to Multiple Ports Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
Copy FROM DS1/E1 Port
This option is used to enter the DS1/E1 Port # from
which the settings are copied.
State
This field displays the state setting that is to be
copied.
Line Length (feet)
This field displays the line length setting that is to
be copied.
Line Coding (DS3 Mode Only)
This field displays the line coding setting that is to
be copied.
Loopback Detection
This field displays the loopback detection setting
that is to be copied.
2
First DS1/E1 Port to Copy TO
This option is used to enter the first DS1/E1 Port #
to which the settings are copied.
3
Last DS1/E1 Port to Copy TO
This option is used to enter the last DS1/E1 Port #
to which the settings are copied.
4
Copy Provisioning
This option copies the settings to the selected DS1/
E1 ports.
1
6-72
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
DS1/E1 Bonding Menu
The DS1/E1 Bonding menu (see Figure 6-49 for copper mode and Figure 6-50 for DS3 mode)
is used to view the current settings and access the bonding group, loopback, and state options
for each DS1/E1 port in copper mode and each DS3 tributary in DS3 mode.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->DS1/E1 Bonding
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
-
DS1 Port
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Bonding Group
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Lpbk Detect
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
State
IS
IS
IS
IS
IS
IS
IS
IS
IS
IS
IS
IS
These DS1s always use
ESF framing.
Auto Provisioning Enabled.
Bonding Group Assignment
controlled by COT.
13 - Timing : Loop
14 - Link Identifiers
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-49. DS1/E1 Bonding Menu - Copper Mode
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->DS1/E1 Bonding
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
-
DS3 Trib
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Bonding Group
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Lpbk Detect
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
State
IS
IS
IS
IS
IS
IS
IS
IS
IS
IS
IS
IS
These DS1s always use
ESF framing.
Auto Provisioning Enabled.
Bonding Group Assignment
controlled by COT.
13 - Timing : Loop
14 - Link Identifiers
Selection :
'?' - System Help Scree
Figure 6-50. DS1/E1 Bonding Menu - DS3 Mode
61189901L1-1B
6-73
MX3112 System Manual
NOTE
For the List 2 Controller, the DS1 Bonding menu in DS3 mode displays DS3 tributaries 25–28. The additional tributaries are displayed by using the hot keys listed in Table 6-14.
The DS1/E1 Bonding menu options are shown in Table 6-13.
Table 6-13. DS1/E1 Bonding Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
N/A
DS1/E1 Port 1–12
This option displays the “DS1/E1 Port 1–12 Menu
- Copper Mode Only” on page 6-75.
N/A
1–12
DS3 Tributary 13–24
This option displays the “DS3 Tributary
Provisioning Menu - DS3 Mode Only” on page 677.
13
13
Timing
This option displays the “Timing Mode Menu” on
page 6-82.
14
14
Link Identifiers
This option displays the “Link Identifiers Menu
(DS1 Mode Only)” on page 6-83.
Copper
DS3
1–12
The DS1/E1 Bonding menu hot keys are shown in Table 6-14.
Table 6-14. DS1/E1 Bonding Menu Hot Keys - DS3 Mode
Hot Keys
6-74
Description
Function
N
Next
This hot key displays the next page of tributaries.
P
Previous
This hot key displays the previous page of
tributaries.
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
DS1/E1 Port 1–12 Menu - Copper Mode Only
The DS1/E1 Port 1–12 menu (see Figure 6-55) is used to provision the bonding group,
loopback detection, and state for each individual port.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->DS1/E1 Bonding->DS1 Port #1
1 - Bonding Group
2 - Loopback Detect
3 - State
: Disabled
: Disabled
: IS
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-51. DS1/E1 Port 1–12 Menu - Copper Mode
The DS1/E1 Port 1–12 menu options are shown in Table 6-15.
Table 6-15. DS1/E1 Port 1–12 Menu Options - Copper Mode
Option
1
Description
Function
Bonding Group
This option is used to enter the bonding group
assignment for each DS1/E1 port.
• Enter 1 to assign a port to Bonding Group 1.
• Enter 2 to assign a port to Bonding Group 2.
• Enter 3 to assign a port to Bonding Group 3.
• Enter 4 to assign a port to Bonding Group 4.
• Enter 0 to remove a port from the bonding group
it is assigned.
The bonding group is automatically configured by
the COT when auto provisioning is enabled.
61189901L1-1B
6-75
MX3112 System Manual
Table 6-15. DS1/E1 Port 1–12 Menu Options - Copper Mode (Continued)
Option
2
Description
Function
Loopback Detect (DS1 Mode Only)
This option is used to select the loopback detect
state. Options are as follows:
• Disabled
• CSU
• NIU
• FDL
• CSU + FDL
• NIU + FDL
3.
State
This option is used select the service state of the
bonded DS1/E1. When the bonded DS1/E1 is set to
out of service (OOS), it is possible to suppress the
alarms on that channel. A DS1/E1 would typically
be set to OOS during testing. Options are as follows:
• IS
• OOS
6-76
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
DS3 Tributary Provisioning Menu - DS3 Mode Only
The DS3 Tributary Provisioning menu (see Figure 6-52) is used to provision the bonding
group, loopback detection, and state for each individual DS3 tributary.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->DS1 Bonding->DS3 Trib #13
1 - Bonding Group
2 - Loopback Detect
3 - State
: Disabled
: Disabled
: IS
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-52. DS3 Tributary Provisioning Menu - DS3 Mode
The DS3 Tributary Provisioning menu options are shown in Table 6-16.
Table 6-16. DS3 Tributary Provisioning Menu Options - DS3 Mode
Option
1
Description
Function
Bonding Group
This option is used to enter the bonding group
assignment for each DS3 tributary.
• Enter 1 to assign a DS3 tributary to Bonding
Group 1.
• Enter 2 to assign a DS3 tributary to Bonding
Group 2.
• Enter 3 to assign a DS3 tributary to Bonding
Group 3.
• Enter 4 to assign a DS3 tributary to Bonding
Group 4.
• Enter 0 to remove a DS3 tributary from the
bonding group it is assigned.
The bonding group is automatically configured by
the COT when auto provisioning is enabled.
61189901L1-1B
6-77
MX3112 System Manual
Table 6-16. DS3 Tributary Provisioning Menu Options - DS3 Mode (Continued)
Option
2
Description
Function
Loopback Detect (DS1 Mode Only)
This option is used to select the loopback detect
state. Options are as follows:
• Disabled
• CSU
• NIU
• FDL
• CSU + FDL
• NIU + FDL
3
State
This option is used select the service state of the
DS3 tributary. When the tributary is set to out of
service (OOS), it is possible to suppress the alarms
on that channel. A tributary would typically be set
to OOS during testing. Options are as follows:
• IS
• OOS
6-78
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Timing Menu
The Timing menu is used to provision the timing for the DS1/E1s. When local or loop is
selected as the timing mode, the Timing menu is displayed as shown in Figure 6-53. When
line is selected as the timing mode, the Timing menu is displayed as shown in Figure 6-54.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->DS1/E1 Bonding->Timing
1 - Timing Mode
: Loop
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-53. Timing Menu (Timing Mode = Local or Loop)
The Timing menu options are shown in Table 6-17.
Table 6-17. Timing Menu Options
Option
1
Description
Function
Timing Mode
This option displays the “Timing Mode Menu” on
page 6-82.
61189901L1-1B
6-79
MX3112 System Manual
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->DS1 Bonding->DS1 Timing
1 - Timing Mode
: Line
Functional Reference
Primary Reference Status
Secondary Reference Status
: Fail
: Fail
: Fail
2 - Primary Reference
3 - Secondary Reference
4 - Line Timing Failure Mode
: DS1 Port #1
: DS1 Port #1
: Loop
5 - Reference Restoration
6 - Switch Pri/Sec References
: Nonrevertive
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-54. Timing Menu (Timing Mode = Line)
The Timing menu options are shown in Table 6-18.
Table 6-18. Timing Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
Timing Mode
This option displays the “Timing Mode Menu” on
page 6-82.
Functional Reference
This field displays the status of the functional
reference.
Primary Reference Status
This field displays the functional status of the
primary reference.
Secondary Reference Status
This field displays the functional status of the
secondary reference.
2
Primary Reference
This option is used to select the primary reference.
The options are one of the bonded DS1/E1s. If the
primary reference fails, the secondary reference
becomes the active timing reference.
3
Secondary Reference
This option is used to select the secondary
reference. The options are one of the bonded DS1/
E1s.
1
6-80
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-18. Timing Menu Options (Continued)
Option
4
Description
Function
Line Timing Failure Mode
This option is used to set the timing mode if both
the primary and secondary reference fail. Options
are as follows:
• Loop
• Local
5
Reference Restoration
This option is used to provision the active timing
reference. Options are as follows:
• Revertive: If provisioned as revertive, then the
active timing reference reverts to the primary
reference if the status is okay.
• Nonrevertive: If provisioned as non-revertive,
then the system does not automatically revert to
the primary reference.
6
Switch Pri/Sec References
61189901L1-1B
This option is used to swap the provisioned primary
and secondary references.
6-81
MX3112 System Manual
Timing Mode Menu
The Timing Mode menu (see Figure 6-55) is used to control the transmit timing mode for the
bonded DS1/E1s.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
Timing Mode : Loop
1 - Loop
2 - Line
3 - Local
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-55. Timing Mode Menu
The Timing Mode menu options are shown in Table 6-19.
Table 6-19. Timing Mode Menu Options
Option
6-82
Description
Function
1
Loop
The transmit timing for each bonded DS1/E1 is
derived from the respective received clock.
2
Line
The transmit timing for all bonded DS1/E1s is
derived from a common onboard timing source.
3
Local
The transmit timing for all bonded DS1/E1s is
derived from the received clock of a user-designated
DS1/E1.
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Link Identifiers Menu (DS1 Mode Only)
The Link Identifiers menu is shown in Figure 6-56 for copper mode and Figure 6-57 for DS3
mode. A link ID is analogous to a path trace string for bonded DS1s. The value is an ASCII text
string that can be provisioned to be unique among other link ID values. Each direction of a
bonded DS1 can be provisioned with a unique identification string for the purposes of
verifying that the DS1s are properly connected. Actions can be taken if the received link ID is
not equal to the expected link ID value for a given DS1.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
ID:
MX3112->Provisioning->DS1 Bonding->Link Identifiers
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
DS1 Port
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Sent Link ID
Received Link ID
Expected Link ID
13 - Set ALL Expected Link IDs equal to Received Link IDs
14 - Mismatch Action : No Action
Selection :
'?' - System Help Scree
Figure 6-56. Link Identifiers Menu - Copper Mode
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
ID:
MX3112->Provisioning->DS1 Bonding->Link Identifiers
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
DS3 Trib
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Sent Link ID
Received Link ID
Expected Link ID
13 - Set ALL Expected Link IDs equal to Received Link IDs
14 - Mismatch Action : No Action
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-57. Link Identifiers Menu - DS3 Mode
61189901L1-1B
6-83
MX3112 System Manual
NOTE
For the List 2 Controller, the Link Identifiers menu in DS3 mode
displays DS3 tributaries 25–28. The additional tributaries are displayed by using the hot keys listed in Table 6-21.
The Link Identifiers menu options are shown in Table 6-20.
Table 6-20. Link Identifiers Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
N/A
DS1 Port 1–12
This option displays the “Link Identifiers DS1 Port
Menu” on page 6-85.
N/A
1–12
DS1 Trib 1–12
This option displays the “Link Identifiers DS1 Port
Menu” on page 6-85.
13
13
Set ALL Expected Link IDs equal
to Received Link IDs
This option is used to set all expected link IDs to
the received link IDs.
14
14
Mismatch Action
This option is used to select the action to be taken
in the event that the received link ID does not
equal the expected value. Options are as follows:
Copper
DS3
1–12
• No Action: No action is taken.
• Alarm Only: Issues an alarm for the DS1 that
indicates a link mismatch condition.
• Alarm + Link Drop: Issues an alarm for the
DS1 that indicates a link mismatch condition.
Removes the DS1 from the provisioned
bonding group and reinstates the DS1 if the
mismatch condition is cleared.
The Link Identifiers menu hot keys are shown in Table 6-21.
Table 6-21. Link Identifiers Menu Hot Keys - DS3 Mode
Hot Keys
6-84
Description
Function
N
Next
This hot key displays the next page of tributaries.
P
Previous
This hot key displays the previous page of
tributaries.
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Link Identifiers DS1 Port Menu
The Link Identifiers DS1 Port menu (see Figure 6-58) is used to enter or view identifiers for the
sent, received, and expected links.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->DS1 Bonding->Link Identifiers->DS1 Port #1
1 - Sent Link ID
:
Received Link ID
:
2 - Expected Link ID
:
3 - Set Expected Equal to Received
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-58. Link Identifiers DS1 Port Menu
The Link Identifiers DS1 Port menu options are shown in Table 6-22.
Table 6-22. Link Identifiers DS1 Port Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
Sent Link ID
This option is used to enter a sent link identifier.
The sent link ID is a user-configurable text string
field. This field accepts up to 20 alphanumeric characters, including spaces and special characters.
Received Link ID
This field displays the received link ID.
2
Expected Link ID
This option is used to enter a expected link identifier. The expected link ID is a user-configurable text
string field. This field accepts up to 20 alphanumeric characters, including spaces and special
characters.
3
Set Expected Equal to Received
This option is used to set the expected link ID to the
same text string as the received link ID.
1
61189901L1-1B
6-85
MX3112 System Manual
Bonding Groups Menu
The Bonding Groups menu (see Figure 6-59 for RT mode and Figure 6-60 for COT mode) is
used to view the current settings and access the provisioning options for each bonding group.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->Bonding Groups
Bonding
1
2
3
4
Group
-
Skew Threshold (ms)
4
4
4
4
XCV Threshold
1e-5
1e-5
1e-5
1e-5
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-59. Bonding Groups Menu - RT Mode
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->Bonding Groups
Bonding
1
2
3
4
Group
-
Selection :
Skew Threshold (ms)
4
4
4
4
XCV Threshold
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Remote Auto-Provisioned
Bonding Group
1
2
3
4
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-60. Bonding Groups Menu - COT Mode
The Bonding Groups menu options are shown in Table 6-23.
6-86
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-23. Bonding Groups Menu Options
Option
1–4
Description
Function
Bonding Group 1–4
This option displays the “Bonding Group Provisioning Menu” on page 6-88.
61189901L1-1B
6-87
MX3112 System Manual
Bonding Group Provisioning Menu
The Bonding Group Provisioning menu (see Figure 6-61) is used to provision the skew
threshold and XCV threshold for each bonding group.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->Bonding Groups->Bonding Group #1
1 - Skew Threshold (ms)
: 4
2 - XCV Threshold
: Disabled
3 - Remote Auto-Provisioned Group : 1
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-61. Bonding Group Provisioning Menu
The Bonding Group Provisioning menu options are shown in Table 6-24.
Table 6-24. Bonding Group Provisioning Menu Options
Option
1
Description
Function
Skew Threshold
This option is used to enter the maximum allowable
skew threshold, in milliseconds, for each bonding
group. Enter 0 to disable this option. Skew
thresholds from 1 millisecond to 16 milliseconds (in
1 millisecond intervals) are available. The default
skew threshold is 4 milliseconds.
A DS1/E1 is automatically removed from a bonding
group if the relative skew exceeds the specified
threshold. The DS1/E1 is automatically added back
to the group once the relative skew is below the
threshold (plus 0.50 millisecond of hysteresis).
6-88
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-24. Bonding Group Provisioning Menu Options (Continued)
Option
2
Description
Function
XCV Threshold
This option is used to select the XCV threshold.
Options are as follows:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Disabled
1e-8
1e-7
1e-6
1e-5
1e-4
1e-3
A DS1 is automatically removed from a bonding
group if the XCV exceeds the specified threshold.
The DS1 is automatically added back to the group
once the XCV is below the threshold.
3
Remote Auto-Provisioned Group
This option sets the bonding group number of the RT
system. For example, bonded DS1s 4–6 of the COT
could be designated for both bonding group #2 of the
COT and bonding group #3 of the RT.
This option only appears when COT mode and DS1
mode are selected in the Application Mode.
61189901L1-1B
6-89
MX3112 System Manual
Flows Menu
The Flows menu is shown in Figure 6-62. Refer to “Flow System Provisioning” on page 5-5 for
a more complete explanation of flows.
Card: Controller A
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ADTRAN MX3112 System
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->Flows
1 - EVCs
2 - Maps
3 - Profiles
4 - Pre-defined flows
5 - Delete all flows
6 - Egress Queue Depths
Selection:
Figure 6-62. Flows Menu
The Flows menu options are shown in Table 6-25.
Table 6-25. Flows Menu Options
Option
6-90
Description
Function
1
EVCs
This option displays the “EVCs Menu” on page 6-91.
2
Maps
This option displays the “Maps Menu” on page 6-95.
3
Profiles
This option displays the “Profiles Menu” on page 6100.
4
Pre-defined flows
This option displays the “Quick-Set Menu” on
page 6-105.
5
Delete all flows
This option deletes all flows from the system.
6
Egress Queue Depths
This option displays the “Egress Queue Depths
Menu” on page 6-107.
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
EVCs Menu
The EVCs menu (see Figure 6-63) displays a summary of all existing EVCs.
Card: Controller A
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ADTRAN MX3112 System
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
ID:
MX3112->Provisioning->Flows->EVCs
Page 1 of 1
1
2
3
4
-
EVC Alias
EVC
VID
CE VLAN ID
Preservation
EVC Port
Status
EVC_1
EVC_2
EVC_3
EVC_4
101
102
103
104
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Group
Group
Group
Group
Running
Running
Running
Running
1
2
3
4
5 - Add EVC
Selection:
Figure 6-63. EVCs Menu
The EVCs menu options are shown in Table 6-26.
Table 6-26. EVCs Menu Options
Option
1–4
5
Description
Function
EVC #
This option displays the “Edit EVC Menu” on
page 6-93.
Add EVC
This option displays the “Edit EVC Menu” on
page 6-93.
Note: This option number increases or decreases by
one as each EVC is added or deleted.
When more EVCs exist than can be displayed on one page, hot key options are available for
navigating multiple pages. Table 6-27 lists the EVCs menu hot keys.
61189901L1-1B
6-91
MX3112 System Manual
Table 6-27. EVCs Menu Hot Keys
Option
6-92
Description
Function
N
Next page
This hot key displays the next page of EVCs.
P
Previous page
This hot key displays the previous page of EVCs.
F
First page
This hot key displays the first page of EVCs.
L
Last page
This hot key displays the last page of EVCs.
D
Display
This hot key displays different EVC criteria in the
menu.
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Edit EVC Menu
The Edit EVC menu (see Figure 6-63) is used to edit the parameters of a selected EVC.
Card: Controller A
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ADTRAN MX3112 System
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->Flows->EVCs->Edit EVC
1 - EVC Alias
EVC Status
: EVC_1
: Running
2
3
4
5
:
:
:
:
-
EVC State
EVC Port
EVC VLAN ID
CE VLAN ID Preservation
Enabled
Group 1
1
Enabled
6 - Maps for this EVC
7 - Delete this EVC
Selection:
Figure 6-64. Edit EVC Menu
The Edit EVC menu options are shown in Table 6-28.
Table 6-28. Edit EVC Menu Options
Option
1
2
Description
Function
EVC Alias
This option is used to specify the name of the EVC.
The value may have a maximum length of 32
characters.
EVC Status
This field displays the EVC status. The possible
values are listed in Table 6-29.
EVC State
This option is used to set the user-configurable
state of the EVC. Options are as follows:
• Disabled
• Enabled
3
EVC Port
This option is used to configure the port the EVC is
applied to. Options are as follows:
• Ethernet 1–4
• Group 1–4
• Unspecified
4
EVC VLAN ID
61189901L1-1B
This option is used to specify the numerical ID of
the CE-VLAN.
6-93
MX3112 System Manual
Table 6-28. Edit EVC Menu Options (Continued)
Option
5
Description
Function
CE VLAN ID Preservation
This option is used control whether to preserve the
CE VLAN tag within the EVC. Options are as
follows:
• Disabled
• Enabled
6
Maps for this EVC
This option displays the “Maps Menu” on page 6-95
for a specific EVC. Use this option to list, manage,
and add maps to the selected EVC.
7
Delete this EVC
This option deletes the selected EVC from the
system.
Table 6-29. EVC Status Values
Possible Values
Definition
Running
Conditions are okay and the EVC provisioning is applied.
No Maps Running
None of the associated Maps for this EVC are running.
Invalid EVC Port
The value of the EVC Port is not specified.
Invalid EVC VID
The value of the EVC VID is not within the permissible range.
Duplicate EVC
Another EVC exists having the same EVC Port and EVC VID.
Disabled
The State value of the EVC is provisioned as Disabled.
VLAN mgmt conflict
The EVC VID conflicts with the VID that is actively used for managing
the system.
Transparent EVC conflict
A condition exists that violates a rule for transparent EVCs.
6-94
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Maps Menu
The Maps menu (see Figure 6-65) is used to view and manage all maps within the system.
Card: Controller A
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ADTRAN MX3112 System
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
ID:
MX3112->Provisioning->Flows->Maps
Page 1 of 1
1
2
3
4
-
Map Alias
Ingress Criteria
Status
Map_1
Map_2
Map_3
Map_4
Ethernet
Ethernet
Ethernet
Ethernet
Running
Running
Running
Running
1,
2,
3,
4,
10
11
12
13
5 - Add Map
Selection:
Figure 6-65. Maps Menu
The Maps menu options are shown in Table 6-30.
Table 6-30. Maps Menu Options
Option
1–4
5
Description
Function
Map #
This option displays the “Edit Map Menu” on
page 6-97.
Add Map
This option displays the “Edit Map Menu” on
page 6-97.
Note: This option number increases or decreases by
one as each map is added or deleted.
When more maps exist than can be displayed on one page, hot key options are available for
navigating multiple pages. Table 6-31 lists the Maps menu hot keys.
61189901L1-1B
6-95
MX3112 System Manual
Table 6-31. Maps Menu Hot Keys
Option
6-96
Description
Function
N
Next page
This hot key displays the next page of maps.
P
Previous page
This hot key displays the previous page of maps.
F
First page
This hot key displays the first page of maps.
L
Last page
This hot key displays the last page of maps.
D
Display
This hot key displays different EVC criteria in the
menu.
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Edit Map Menu
The Edit Map menu (see Figure 6-66) is used to edit the parameters of a selected map.
Card: Controller A
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ADTRAN MX3112 System
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Quick Setup->Flows->Maps->Edit Map
1 - Associated EVC
: EVC_1
2 - Map Alias
Map Status
: Map_1
: Running
3 - Map State
4 - UNI Port
5 - CE VLAN ID
CE VLAN P-bits
DSCP value
Untagged, Priority Tagged Frames
:
:
:
:
:
:
9 - Class of Service
: Inherit from CE VLAN P-bits
Enabled
Ethernet 1
10
Unspecified
Unspecified
Disallow
10 - Delete this Map
Selection:
Figure 6-66. Edit Map Menu
The Edit Map menu options are shown in Table 6-32.
Table 6-32. Edit Map Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Associated EVC
This option is used to select the EVC associated
with the selected map.
2
Map Alias
This option is used to specify the alphanumeric map
alias. The alias is case sensitive with a maximum
number of 32 characters.
Map Status
This field displays the map status. The possible
values are listed in Table 6-33.
Map State
This option is used to set the user-configurable
state of the map. Options are as follows:
3
• Disabled
• Enabled
4
UNI Port
This option is used to select the physical interface
connected to the CE. Options are as follows:
• Ethernet 1–4
• Group 1–4
• Unspecified
61189901L1-1B
6-97
MX3112 System Manual
Table 6-32. Edit Map Menu Options (Continued)
Option
Description
Function
5
CE VLAN ID
This option is used to specify the VLAN ID of the
outermost VLAN tag of the Ethernet frame received
at the UNI port. The valid range is 0–4094.
6
CE VLAN P-bits
This option is used to specify a range of P-bit values
of the outermost VLAN tag of the Ethernet frame.
7
DSCP Value
This option is used to specify the DSCP value of the
Ethernet frame received at the UNI port.
8
Untagged, Priority Tagged Frames
This option is used to control whether untagged and
priority tagged frames are allowed to ingress the UNI
port in addition to frames tagged with the specified
CE VLAN ID. Options are as follows:
• Disallow
• Allow
9
Class of Service
This option is used to control how frames associated
with the map are prioritized into the EVC. Options
are as follows:
• Explicit 0 (BE)
• Explicit 1 (BK)
• Explicit 2
• Explicit 3 (EE)
• Explicit 4 (CL)
• Explicit 5 (VI)
• Explicit 6 (VO)
• Explicit 7 (NC)
• Inherit from CE VLAN P-bits
10
Delete this Map
This option deletes the selected map from the
system.
Table 6-33. Map Status Values
Possible Value
Definition
Running
Conditions are okay and the map provisioning is applied.
No EVC connected
The associated EVC is not specified.
EVC not running
The associated EVC is specified, but the status of the EVC is not
“Running.”
Invalid UNI port
The UNI Port is not specified.
Disabled
The State value of the map is provisioned as Disabled.
Duplicate Map
Another map exists having conflicting ingress criteria.
VLAN mgmt conflict
The CE VLAN ID conflicts with the VID that is actively used for
managing the system.
6-98
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-33. Map Status Values (Continued)
Possible Value
Definition
Tag option conflict
A conflict is present that involves the option for allowing untagged and
priority tagged traffic to be received at the UNI Port.
Excess UNIs per EVC
Another map having a different UNI port is connected to the same EVC.
UNI Port = EVC Port
The UNI port equals the same port as the associated EVC.
Preserve conflict
A conflict is present in combination with the CE VLAN ID Preservation
attribute of the associated EVC.
Resources unavailable
The internal resources needed to apply the map are not available.
61189901L1-1B
6-99
MX3112 System Manual
Profiles Menu
The Profiles menu (see Figure 6-67) displays all bandwidth profiles for the system.
Card: Controller A
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ADTRAN MX3112 System
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->Flows->Profiles
Page 1 of 1
1
2
3
4
-
Profile Alias
Application
CIR
EIR
Status
Profile_1
Profile_2
Profile_3
Profile_4
UNI port
EVC
CE-VLAN CoS
CE-VLAN CoS
2000
2500
1500
4000
3000
8000
6000
6000
Running
Running
Running
Running
5 - Add Profile
Selection:
Figure 6-67. Profiles Menu
The Profiles menu options are shown in Table 6-34.
Table 6-34. Maps Menu Options
Option
1–4
5
Description
Function
Profile #
This option displays the “Edit Profile Menu” on
page 6-102.
Add Profile
This option displays the “Edit Profile Menu” on
page 6-102.
Note: This option number increases or decreases by
one as each profile is added or deleted.
When more profiles exist than can be displayed on one page, hot key options are available for
navigating multiple pages. Table 6-31 lists the Profiles menu hot keys.
6-100
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-35. Profiles Menu Hot Keys
Option
Description
Function
N
Next page
This hot key displays the next page of profiles.
P
Previous page
This hot key displays the previous page of profiles.
F
First page
This hot key displays the first page of profiles.
L
Last page
This hot key displays the last page of profiles.
D
Display
This hot key displays different EVC criteria in the
menu.
61189901L1-1B
6-101
MX3112 System Manual
Edit Profile Menu
The Edit Profile menu (see Figure 6-68) is used to edit the parameters of a selected profile.
Card: Controller A
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ADTRAN MX3112 System
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->Flows->Profiles->Edit Profile
1 - Profile Alias
Profile Status
: Profile_3
: Running
2
3
4
5
6
-
Profile State
Application
EVC of profile
CoS value(s) of profile
Rate Coupling
:
:
:
:
:
Enabled
CE-VLAN CoS
EVC_3
0-4
Disabled
7
8
9
10
-
Committed Information Rate (kbps)
Committed Burst Size (bytes)
Excess Information Rate (kbps)
Excess Burst Size (bytes)
:
:
:
:
1500
3125
6000
12500
11 - Maps for this profile
12 - Delete this profile
Selection:
Figure 6-68. Edit Profile Menu
The Edit Profile menu options are shown in Table 6-36.
Table 6-36. Edit Profile Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Profile Alias
This option is used to specify an arbitrary string
that is used to identify the profile. The value can
have a maximum length of 32 characters.
Profile Status
This field displays the map status. The possible
values are listed in Table 6-37.
Profile State
This option is used to set the user-configurable
state of the profile. Options are as follows:
2
• Disabled
• Enabled
3
Application
This option is used to control how the profile is
applied. Options are as follows:
• Not Applied
• UNI port
• EVC
• CE-VLAN CoS
• Custom
6-102
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-36. Edit Profile Menu Options (Continued)
Option
4
Description
Function
UNI port of profile or EVC of profile
For UNI port of profile, this option is available and
meaningful only if the Application is UNI port.
Options are as follows:
• Ethernet 1–4
• Group 1–4
• Unspecified
For EVC of profile, this option is used to select the
EVC associated with the selected profile.
5
CoS value(s) of profile
This option is available and meaningful only if the
Application is CE-VLAN-CoS.
6
Rate Coupling
This option is used to control the relationship of the
EIR to the CIR. Options are as follows:
• Disabled
• Enabled
7
Committed Information Rate (kbps)
This option is used to configure the rate up to which
service frames are delivered according to the service
performance objectives.
8
Committed Burst Size (bytes)
This option is used to configure the maximum
available bytes for a burst of ingress traffic sent at
the UNI speed while still conforming to the CIR.
9
Excess Information Rate (kbps)
This option is used to configure the rate up to which
service frames are delivered without any
performance objectives.
10
Excess Burst Size (bytes)
This option is used to configure the maximum
available bytes for a burst of ingress traffic sent at
the UNI speed while still conforming to the EIR.
11
Maps for this profile
This option displays the “Maps Menu” on page 6-95
for a specific profile. Use this option to list, manage,
and add maps to the selected profile.
12
Delete this profile
This option deletes the selected profile from the
system.
Table 6-37. Profile Status Values
Possible Value
Definition
Running
Conditions are okay and the profile provisioning is applied.
Invalid UNI Port
The UNI Port of the profile is needed for the Application, but it is not
specified.
Disabled
The State value of the profile is provisioned as Disabled.
Invalid EVC
The EVC of the profile is needed for the Application, but it is not
specified.
61189901L1-1B
6-103
MX3112 System Manual
Table 6-37. Profile Status Values (Continued)
Possible Value
Definition
Duplicate Profile
Another profile exists having equal (or conflicting) values for the
Application.
Invalid Rate(s)
The values for CIR and/or EIR conflict in relation to the Rate Coupling
value.
Invalid Application
The Application attribute is not specified.
Invalid CoS
The CoS of the profile is needed for the Application, but the value is
invalid.
Map conflict
A condition exists in which a map is applied to more than one profile.
6-104
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Quick-Set Menu
The Quick-Set menu (see Figure 6-69) is used to set up pre-defined sets of flows.
Card: Controller A
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ADTRAN MX3112 System
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->Flows->Quick-Set
1 - One-to-One Port/Group Mapping with Default EVC VIDs
2 - One-to-One Port/Group Mapping with Transparent EVCs
Warning!!! This operation will delete any existing
flows and will be service-affecting.
The operation may take a moment.
Selection:
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-69. Quick-Set Menu
The Quick-Set menu options are shown in Table 6-38.
Table 6-38. Quick-Set Menu Options
Option
1
Description
Function
One-to-One Port/Group Mapping
with Default EVC VIDs
This option deletes any existing flows and sets up
the following configuration (see Figure 6-70).
• Four maps (one for each Ethernet port)
• Four EVCs (one for each bonding group)
• Four profiles (one for each EVC)
2
One-to-One Port/Group Mapping
with Transparent EVCs
This option deletes any existing flows and sets up
the following configuration (see Figure 6-71).
• Four maps (one for each Ethernet port)
• Four transparent EVCs (one for each bonding
group)
• Four profiles (one for each EVC)
Figure 6-70 and Figure 6-71 illustrate the quick-set configurations.
61189901L1-1B
6-105
MX3112 System Manual
Ethernet 1
EVC 101
Bonding Group 1
Ethernet 2
EVC 102
Bonding Group 2
Ethernet 3
EVC 103
Bonding Group 3
Ethernet 4
EVC 104
Bonding Group 4
Figure 6-70. One-to-One Port/Group Mapping with Default EVC VIDs
Ethernet 1
Transparent EVC
Bonding Group 1
Ethernet 2
Transparent EVC
Bonding Group 2
Ethernet 3
Transparent EVC
Bonding Group 3
Ethernet 4
Transparent EVC
Bonding Group 4
Figure 6-71. One-to-One Port/Group Mapping with Transparent EVCs
6-106
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Egress Queue Depths Menu
The Egress Queue Depths menu (see Figure 6-72) is used to configure the depth of each of the
eight egress queues.
Each Ethernet port and bonding group can be viewed as having eight egress queues, one
queue for each class of service, where the higher priority queues are serviced before the lower
priority queues. For a given Ethernet port or bonding group, the order in which the egress
queues are serviced is 76543021 (highest to lowest priority) per IEEE 802.1D-2004.
The depth of each egress queue is configurable in units of Ethernet packets. Each egress
queue depth applies across all Ethernet ports and bonding groups in the system.
The configurable egress queue depths allow for a trade-off between the potential latency of
bursted packets and the ability to service bursted packets without them being discarded. With
higher queue depths, larger bursts of packets can be serviced, but with a potentially higher
latency due to the greater amount of time required to empty a full egress queue. With smaller
queue depths, bursted packets can have a lower latency but an overall higher probability of
being discarded.
Card: Controller A
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ADTRAN MX3112 System
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->Flows->Egress Queue Depths
Class of Service
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
-
7
6
5
4
3
0
2
1
Queue Depth (packets)
(NC)
(VO)
(VI)
(CL)
(EE)
(BE)
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
(BK)
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-72. Egress Queue Depths Menu
The Egress Queue Depths menu options are shown in Table 6-39.
Table 6-39. Egress Queue Depths Menu Options
Option
1–8
Description
Function
Class of Service
This option is used to enter the queue depth for the
associated CoS.
61189901L1-1B
6-107
MX3112 System Manual
Ethernet Client Ports Menu
The Ethernet Client Ports menu (see Figure 6-73) is used to view the current settings and
access the provisioning options for each Ethernet client port.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->Ethernet Client Ports
Port
1 2 3 4 -
State
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Rate
& Duplex
Auto(Unknown)
Auto(Unknown)
Auto(Unknown)
Auto(Unknown)
Crossover
Link
Mode Status
Auto
Down
Auto
Down
Auto
Down
Auto
Down
Selection :
Link State
Awareness
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-73. Ethernet Client Ports Menu
The Ethernet Client Ports menu options are shown in Table 6-40.
Table 6-40. Ethernet Client Port Menu Options
Option
1–4
6-108
Description
Function
Ethernet Client Port 1–4
This option displays the “Ethernet Client Ports
Provisioning Menu” on page 6-109.
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Ethernet Client Ports Provisioning Menu
The Ethernet Client Ports Provisioning menu (see Figure 6-74) is used to provision the
Ethernet state, the provisioned rate and duplex, the cross-over mode, and the link state
follows group state for each Ethernet client port.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->Ethernet Client Ports->Port #1
1 - Ethernet State
2 - Provisioned Rate & Duplex
Functional Rate & Duplex
3 - Cross-Over Mode
4 - Link State Awareness
Link Status
:
:
:
:
:
Enabled
Auto
Unknown
Auto
Disabled
: Down
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-74. Ethernet Client Ports Provisioning Menu
The Ethernet Client Ports Provisioning menu options are shown in Table 6-41.
Table 6-41. Ethernet Client Ports Provisioning Menu Options
Option
1
Description
Function
Ethernet State
This option is used to select the Ethernet state.
Options are as follows:
• Disabled: This option disables the client
Ethernet port. Link status alarms are
suppressed and the Ethernet link for the port is
forced down.
• Enabled: This option enables the client Ethernet
port.
2
Provisioned Rate & Duplex
This option is used to select the rate and duplex.
Options are as follows:
• Auto: This option allows auto negotiation of the
Ethernet rate and duplex.
• 10, Half
• 10, Full
• 100, Half
• 100, Full
61189901L1-1B
6-109
MX3112 System Manual
Table 6-41. Ethernet Client Ports Provisioning Menu Options (Continued)
Option
3
Description
Function
Functional Rate & Duplex
This field displays the actual data rate of the
Ethernet client port.
Cross-Over Mode
This option is used to select the cross-over mode for
the selected Ethernet client port. Options are as follows:
• MDI
• MDI-X
• Auto
4
Link State Awareness
This option is used select the mode that governs the
Ethernet state. Options are as follows
• Disabled: The state of the Ethernet port is
governed by the Ethernet state option.
• Enabled: The state of the Ethernet port is
governed by the Ethernet state option in
combination with the status of any associated
bonding groups according to the provisioned
flows. If the Ethernet state option is enabled,
but the bonding groups associated with this
port are down (or if there are no associated
bonding groups), then the port behaves as
though it is disabled (Ethernet link is forced
down).
Link Status
6-110
This read-only field displays the Ethernet client port
status as being either Up or Down. The front panel
Ethernet link LED also displays this status.
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Equipment Protection Menu
The Equipment Protection menu (see Figure 6-75) is used to perform a manual switch from
the active card to the standby card.
CAUTION
Performing a manual switch briefly interrupts customer data.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->Equipment Protection
Active (Card A)
Standby (Card B)
: Normal
: Not Installed
1 - Perform Manual Switch
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-75. Equipment Protection Menu
The Equipment Protection menu options are shown in Table 6-42.
Table 6-42. Equipment Protection Menu Options
Option
1
Description
Function
Perform Manual Switch
This option is used to perform a manual switch from
the active controller card to the standby controller
card.
61189901L1-1B
6-111
MX3112 System Manual
General Provisioning Menu
The General Provisioning menu (see Figure 6-76) is used to provision the craft port baud rate,
the date, time, and auto-logoff inactivity time, to reset the MX3112 system, and to restore
default provisioning.
CAUTION
If the baud rate is changed, the rate changes immediately, and the
terminal emulation software must be updated to reflect the change.
CAUTION
Resetting this card disrupts traffic and causes a switch to the
standby card if it is installed.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->General
1 - Craft Port Baud Rate
Functional Baud Rate
2 - Date
3 - Time
4 - Auto-Logoff Inactivity Time
5 - System ID
:
:
:
:
:
:
Auto
115200
01/01/2005
12:00:00
15-Min
Site 1 MX3112
6 - Scheduled Card Reset
7 - Card Reset
: Disabled
8 - Restore Default Provisioning
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-76. General Provisioning Menu
The General Provisioning menu options are shown in Table 6-43.
6-112
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-43. General Provisioning Menu Options
Option
1
Description
Function
Craft Port Baud Rate
This option is used to select the craft port baud
rate. Options are as follows:
• Auto: This option allows the craft port baud rate
to be set automatically.
• Disabled: This option disables the local craft
port interface. This allows a Telnet session to
disable the craft port.
• 9600
• 19200
• 38400
• 57600
• 115200
Functional Baud Rate
This field displays the actual craft port baud rate.
2
Date
This option is used to enter the date.
3
Time
This option is used to enter the time.
4
Auto-Logoff Inactivity Time
This option is used to select the amount of inactivity
time before the system automatically logs off.
Options are as follows:
• Disabled
• 1-Min
• 5-Min
• 10-Min
• 15-Min
• 30-Min
• 45-Min
• 60-Min
5
System ID
This option is used to enter a 20-character system
identification for the unit. The System ID is a userfriendly identification for the MX3112 system that is
automatically displayed on the provisioning screen
of the COT/GEFM.
6
Scheduled Card Reset
This option is used to enter the scheduled card reset
date and time. This option is disabled if the
scheduled date and time is passed.
7
Card Reset
This option is used to perform a manual card reset.
8
Restore Default Provisioning
This option is used to restore all provisioning
options to the default settings.
61189901L1-1B
6-113
MX3112 System Manual
Network Management Menu
The Network Management menu (see Figure 6-77) is used to provision Ethernet information.
CAUTION
Changing IP settings terminates all active Telnet sessions.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->Network Management
1 - Management Mode : VLAN 501, Group 1
2 - IP Address
3 - Subnet Mask
4 - Gateway
MAC Address
5 - TFTP Server
: 10.100.51.95
: 255.255.255.0
: 10.100.51.254
: 02:01:44:09:00:28
: 0.0.0.0
6 - Rear Ethernet Interface
7 - Network Service Ports
8 - SNMP
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-77. Network Management Menu
The Network Management menu options are shown in Table 6-44.
Table 6-44. Network Management Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Management Mode
This option displays the “Management Mode Menu”
on page 6-116.
2
IP Address
This option is used to enter the IP Address. The IP
Address is written in the format
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX, where each 3-digit field has a
value of 000–255.
6-114
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-44. Network Management Menu Options (Continued)
Option
Description
Function
3
Subnet Mask
This option is used to enter the subnet mask. A
subnet mask reduces the traffic on each subnetwork by confining traffic to only the subnetwork for
which it is intended. A subnet mask makes the
entire network more manageable. In effect, each
subnet functions as though it were an independent
network, keeping local traffic local and forwarding
traffic to another subnet only if the address of the
data is external to the subnet. The subnet mask is
written in the format XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX, where
each 3-digit field has a value of 000–255.
4
Gateway
This option is used to enter the default gateway/
router between the internal network and the external network. The gateway address is written in the
format XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX, where each 3-digit field
has a value of 000–255.
5
TFTP Server
This option is used to enter the address for the
remote TFTP server that is used to download code.
Contact the network administrator for this address.
6
Rear Ethernet Interface
This option displays the “Rear Ethernet Interface
Menu” on page 6-118.
7
Network Service Ports
This option displays the “Network Service Ports
Menu” on page 6-120.
8
SNMP
This option displays the “SNMP Menu” on page 6121.
61189901L1-1B
6-115
MX3112 System Manual
Management Mode Menu
The Management Mode menu (see Figure 6-78) is used to provision the management mode,
VLAN ID, and port/group. For additional details on management modes, refer to “Network
Management” on page 6-4.
NOTE
The management VID can not equal the source VID or the new VID
of any flows.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->Network Management->Management Mode
1 - Management Mode
: VLAN
Options for VLAN Management
2 - Management VLAN ID
3 - Management Port/Group
: 501
: Group 1
The Management VID may not equal the source VID or new VID of any flows
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-78. Management Mode Menu
The Management Mode menu options are shown in Table 6-45.
Table 6-45. Management Mode Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Management Mode
This option is used to provision the interface from
which the system can be managed via Ethernet.
Table 6-46 describes the management modes.
2
Management VLAN ID
When the management mode is set to VLAN, this
option is used to provision the VLAN ID designated
for managing the system. The possible values are
1–4094.
6-116
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-45. Management Mode Menu Options (Continued)
Option
3
Description
Function
Management Port/Group
When the management mode is set to VLAN, this
option is used select the client Ethernet port or
bonding group designated for carrying Ethernet
management traffic for the system. Options are as
follows:
• Port 1
• Port 2
• Port 3
• Port 4
• Group 1
• Group 2
• Group 3
• Group 4
Table 6-46. Management Modes
Option
Mode
Function
1
Disabled
The system cannot be managed via Ethernet. Management connectivity is supported only via craft
interface and the dedicated COT-RT menu channel
(remote unit only). The chassis Ethernet port is disabled.
2
Local
Management connectivity is supported via the craft
interface, the dedicated COT-RT menu channel
(remote unit only), or via Ethernet from the chassis
10/100 Ethernet port.
3
VLAN
Management connectivity is supported via the craft
interface, the dedicated COT-RT menu channel
(remote unit only), or via Ethernet from a VLAN on a
designated bonding group or a customer 10/100
port. The chassis Ethernet port is disabled.
61189901L1-1B
6-117
MX3112 System Manual
Rear Ethernet Interface Menu
The Rear Ethernet Interface menu (see Figure 6-79) is used to provision the provisioned data
rate and cross-over mode for the rear Ethernet interface.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->Network Management->Rear Ethernet Interface
1 - Provisioned Rate & Duplex
Functional Rate & Duplex
2 - Cross-Over Mode
Link Status
:
:
:
:
Auto
Unknown
Auto
Down
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-79. Rear Ethernet Interface Menu
The Rear Ethernet Interface menu options are shown in Table 6-47.
Table 6-47. Rear Ethernet Interface Menu Options
Option
1
Description
Function
Provisioned Rate & Duplex
This option is used to select the data rate and
duplex. Options are as follows:
• Auto: This option allows auto negotiation of the
Ethernet line speed and duplex.
• 10 Mbps Half Duplex
• 10 Mbps Full Duplex
• 100 Mbps Half Duplex
• 100 Mbps Full Duplex
Functional Rate & Duplex
6-118
This field displays the actual data rate of the
Ethernet port.
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-47. Rear Ethernet Interface Menu Options (Continued)
Option
2
Description
Function
Cross-Over Mode
This option is used to select the cross-over mode for
the selected Ethernet client port. Options are as
follows:
• MDI
• MDI-X
• Auto
Link Status
61189901L1-1B
This read-only field displays the status of the
network as being either Up or Down.
6-119
MX3112 System Manual
Network Service Ports Menu
The Network Service Ports menu (see Figure 6-80) provides the option to enter a secondary
port number.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->Network Management->Network Service Ports
1 - TL1 Telnet Port
2 - TL1 Raw-TCP Port
3 - Secondary Telnet Port
Selection :
: 2000
: 2001
: 2002
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-80. Network Service Ports Menu
The Network Service Ports menu option is shown in Table 6-48.
Table 6-48. Network Service Ports Menu Option
Option
Description
Function
1
TL1 Telnet Port
This option is used to enter the TCP port number
associated with managing the system via TL1, with
normal Telnet negotiation operations enabled. The
possible values are 1024–65535.
2
TL1 Raw-TCP Port
This option is used to enter the TCP port number
associated with managing the system via TL1, with
normal Telnet negotiation operations disabled. The
possible values are 1024–65535.
3
Secondary Telnet Port
This option is used to enter an additional port to
which a Telnet menu connection can be established.
This port is currently no different than the primary
port 23.
6-120
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
SNMP Menu
The SNMP menu (see Figure 6-81) is used to provision the SNMP state and the SNMP traps.
This menu is also used to enter information for the system ID, system location, system
contact, read community, and write community.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->Network Management->SNMP
1 - SNMP State
: Disabled
2
3
4
5
6
-
SNMP
Trap
Trap
Trap
Trap
: Disabled
: 172.22.118.242
7
8
9
10
11
-
System ID
System Location
System Contact
Read Community
Write Community
Traps
Host 1
Host 2
Host 3
Host 4
:
:
:
:
:
Site 1 MX3112
SysLocation Not Set
www.adtran.com
public
private
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-81. SNMP Menu
The SNMP menu option is shown in Table 6-49.
Table 6-49. SNMP Menu Option
Option
Description
Function
1
SNMP State
This option is used to enable or disable the SNMP
state. Options are as follows:
• Disabled: When disabled, the MX3112 system
ignores all incoming SNMP packets and does not
transmit SNMP packets.
• Enabled
2
SNMP Traps
This option is used to enable or disable the SNMP
traps. Options are as follows:
• Disabled
• Enabled
3–6
Trap Host 1–4
61189901L1-1B
This option displays the “Trap Host Menu” on
page 6-123.
6-121
MX3112 System Manual
Table 6-49. SNMP Menu Option (Continued)
Option
Description
Function
7
System ID
This option provides a user-configurable text string
for the name of the MX3112 system. This name
distinguishes the MX3112 system among different
installations. Up to 20 alphanumeric characters can
be entered in this field, including spaces and special
characters (such as an underscore).
8
System Location
This option provides a user-configurable text string
for the location of the MX3112 system. This field is
used to identify the physical location of the unit. Up
to 55 alphanumeric characters can be entered in
this field, including spaces and special characters
(such as an underscore).
9
System Contact
This option provides a user-configurable text string
for a SNMP contact name. This field can be used to
enter the name, phone number, or e-mail address of
a person responsible for the SNMP. Up to 55
alphanumeric characters can be entered in this
field, including spaces and special characters (such
as an underscore).
10
Read Community
This option is used to enter the authentication
strings used for SNMP management. Input a value
that matches the MX3112 system to the SNMP
manager for read privileges. The SNMP read
community name defaults to “public”. Up to 32
alphanumeric characters can be entered in this
field, including spaces and special characters (such
as an underscore).
11
Write Community
This option is used to enter the authentication
strings used for SNMP management. Input a value
that matches the MX3112 system to the SNMP
manager for write privileges. The SNMP write
community name defaults to “private”. Up to 32
alphanumeric characters can be entered in this
field, including spaces and special characters (such
as an underscore).
6-122
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Trap Host Menu
The Trap Host menu (see Figure 6-82) is used to provision the status, the IP, the version, and
the confirmation timeout and retries.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->Network Management->SNMP->Trap Host 1
1 - Status
2 - IP
: Valid
: 172.22.118.242
3 - Version
: Version 2
4 - Confirmation Timeout (sec) : 3
5 - Confirmation Retries
: 0
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-82. Trap Host Menu
The Trap Host menu option is shown in Table 6-50.
Table 6-50. Trap Host Menu Option
Option
Description
Function
1
Status
This option is used to set the SNMP trap host
status. Table 6-51 describes the SNMP trap host
states.
2
IP
This option is used to enter the IP address of the
SNMP manager to which the MX3112 system sends
traps.
3
Version
This option is used to select the SNMP version to be
used for reporting traps to the SNMP manager.
Options are as follows:
• Version 1
• Version 2
61189901L1-1B
6-123
MX3112 System Manual
Table 6-50. Trap Host Menu Option (Continued)
Option
Description
Function
4
Confirmation Time (sec)
This option is used to set the initial timeout, in seconds, for each trap sent to the SNMP manager if
confirmations are enabled. On each subsequent
retry, the timeout is doubled. The default value is
three seconds.
5
Confirmation Retries
This option is used to set the maximum number of
times that the MX3112 system sends a trap to the
host. If set to zero, the MX3112 system disables
trap confirmation. If set to a value greater than zero,
the MX3112 system enables trap confirmation. The
default value is zero.
Table 6-51. Trap Host Status
Option
States
Function
1
Valid
This status is used after the trap host parameters
are configured. This enables trap reporting.
2
Under Creation
This status is used while the trap host parameters
are being configured.
3
Invalid
This status is used to disable traps for the specified
trap host.
6-124
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Auto Save Menu
The Auto Save menu (see Figure 6-83) provides the option to save provisioning settings each
minute if enabled.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
Auto Save : Enabled
1 - Disabled
2 - Enabled
Will Save Provisioning Each Minute If Enabled
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-83. Auto Save Menu
The Auto Save menu options are shown in Table 6-52.
Table 6-52. Auto Save Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Disabled
This option is used to disable the auto save option.
2
Enabled
This option automatically saves current network
settings at one minute intervals if any changes are
made.
61189901L1-1B
6-125
MX3112 System Manual
Security Administration Menu
The Security Administration menu (see Figure 6-84) provides access to all user accounts.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->Security Administration
1
2
3
4
-
Users Currently Logged On
Edit User Accounts
Access Tech Support Account
Restore Default Security Settings
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-84. Security Administration Menu
The Security Administration menu options are shown in Table 6-53.
Table 6-53. Security Administration Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Users Currently Logged On
This option displays the “Users Currently Logged
On Screen” on page 6-127.
2
Edit User Accounts
This option displays the “Edit Accounts Menu” on
page 6-128.
3
Access Tech Support Account
This option displays the “Access Tech Support
Account Screen” on page 6-131.
4
Restore Default Security Settings
This option is used to restore all security options to
the default settings.
6-126
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Users Currently Logged On Screen
The Users Currently Logged On screen (see Figure 6-85) displays all users currently logged in
to the MX3112 system.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
Users Currently Logged On USER
ACCESS
ADMIN
IP
1
TYPE
Menu
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
ID:
FROM
172.22.117.239
TIME
01/01/06 12:00:00
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-85. Users Currently Logged On Screen
The Users Currently Logged On screen fields are shown in Table 6-54.
Table 6-54. Users Currently Logged On Screen Fields
Field
Description
Users Currently Logged On
This field displays the number of users currently logged on.
USER
This field displays the account name.
ACCESS
This field displays the access as one of the following:
• Craft: User is logged on through the front panel craft port of the
MX3112 Controller Card.
• IP: User is logged on through a Telnet connection via the primary
(23) or secondary Telnet port.
TYPE
This field displays the type as one of the following:
• Menu
• TL1 (This option is not available at this time.)
FROM
This field displays the IP address if access is IP.
TIME
This field displays the logon date and time.
61189901L1-1B
6-127
MX3112 System Manual
Edit Accounts Menu
The Edit Accounts menu (see Figure 6-86) allows access to manage all user accounts.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
Num
1.
2.
3.
4.
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->Security Administration->Edit Accounts
USER
STATUS
NUM LOGINS ACCESS RIGHTS
ADMIN
ENABLED
1
ADMIN
READONLY
ENABLED
0
READ
READWRITE
ENABLED
0
READ/WRITE
TEST
ENABLED
0
TEST
Selection :
(N)ew Account
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-86. Edit Accounts Menu
The Edit Accounts menu options are shown in Table 6-55.
Table 6-55. Edit Accounts Menu Options
Option
1–4
Description
Function
USER
This option is used to select the user account to be
configured.
The Edit Accounts menu hot key is shown in Table 6-56.
Table 6-56. Edit Accounts Menu Hot Key
Hot Key
N
Description
Function
New Account
This hot key creates a new user account. Pressing
the hot key displays a screen where the new user
name can be entered. The new user account can
then be selected from the Edit Accounts menu.
Table 6-57 provides the default account names and passwords for the MX3112 system.
6-128
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-57. Edit User Accounts Menu Options
Account Level
Account Name
Account Password
READ ONLY
READONLY
PASSWORD
READ/WRITE
READWRITE
PASSWORD
TEST
TEST
PASSWORD
ADMIN
ADMIN
PASSWORD
TECH SUPPORT*
Challenge Key
Response Key
* The Tech Support Account Level is established and accessed as directed by ADTRAN Technical Support during
troubleshooting and analysis.
61189901L1-1B
6-129
MX3112 System Manual
Edit User Account Menu
The Edit User Account menu (see Figure 6-87) is used to edit or delete user accounts.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->Security Administration->Edit Accounts->Edit
User: ADMIN
1
2
3
4
-
Enable/Disable User Account
Access Rights
Change Password
Delete User
: ENABLED
: ADMIN
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-87. Edit User Account Menu
The Edit User Account menu options are shown in Table 6-58.
Table 6-58. Edit User Account Menu Options
Option
1
Description
Function
Enable/Disable User Account
This option is used to enable or disable an user
account. Options are as follows:
• Disabled
• Enabled
The ADMIN account can not be disabled.
2
Access Rights
This option sets the access rights level for the
selected account. Options are as follows:
• READ: This level allows the user to see but not
change the current system configuration.
• TEST: This level allows system testing.
• READ/WRITE: This level allows the user to both
see and change system configuration
parameters.
• ADMIN: This level is reserved for system or
network administrators.
3
Change Password
This option is used to enter a new password.
4
Delete User
This option is used to delete a user account.
6-130
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Access Tech Support Account Screen
The Access Tech Support Account screen (see Figure 6-88) provides access to a technical
support account.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Provisioning->Security Administration->Access Tech Support Account
Challenge Key: 865C7382
Enter Response Key:
To receive a Tech Support Account 'Response Key', provide the 'Challenge Key'
shown above to an authorized Adtran factory representative. Entry of a valid
Response Key will promote this menu session to the Tech Support level.
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-88. Access Tech Support Account Screen
To receive a technical support response key, provide the challenge key that appears on the
screen to an authorized Adtran factory representative. Refer to “ADTRAN Technical Support”
on page A-1 for contact information. Entry of a valid response key promotes the menu session
to the technical support level.
61189901L1-1B
6-131
MX3112 System Manual
Quick Setup Menu
To simplify the installation process, all of the basic configuration options necessary to get the
MX3112 system running are grouped together on the Quick Setup menu (see Figure 6-89 for
copper mode and Figure 6-90 for DS3 mode). The Quick Setup menu allows configuration of
such items as application mode and Ethernet client ports, as well as, system date, time, IP
address information, and bonding group assignments.
CAUTION
Changing IP settings terminates all active Telnet sessions.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Quick Setup
Application Mode
1 - Application Mode
: Copper, COT, DS1
Auto Prov Enabled
Ethernet Client Ports
2 - Select Ethernet Client Ports
3 - Packet Flows
System
4 - Management Mode
5 - IP Address
6 - Subnet Mask
7 - Gateway
8 - Date
9 - Time
10 - System ID
Selection :
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Local
10.100.51.94
255.255.255.0
10.100.51.254
04/18/2006
14:03:15
MX3112 LOCAL SYSTEM
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
-
DS1 Port
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Bonding Group
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
4
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-89. Quick Setup Menu - Copper Mode
6-132
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Quick Setup
Application Mode
1 - Application Mode
: DS3, COT, DS1
Auto Prov Enabled
Ethernet Client Ports
2 - Select Ethernet Client Ports
3 - Packet Flows
System
4 - Management Mode
5 - IP Address
6 - Subnet Mask
7 - Gateway
8 - Date
9 - Time
10 - System ID
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Local
10.100.51.94
255.255.255.0
10.100.51.254
04/18/2006
14:15:42
MX3112 LOCAL SYSTEM
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
-
Selection :
DS3 Trib
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Bonding Group
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
4
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-90. Quick Setup Menu - DS3 Mode
NOTE
For the List 2 Controller, the Quick Setup menu in DS3 mode
displays DS3 tributaries 25–28.
The Quick Setup menu options are shown in Table 6-59.
Table 6-59. Quick Setup Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Application Mode
This option displays the “Application Mode Menu”
on page 6-57
2
2
Select Ethernet Client Ports
This option displays the “Ethernet Client Ports
Menu” on page 6-108.
3
3
Packet Flows
This option displays the “Flows Menu” on page 690.
Copper
DS3
1
61189901L1-1B
6-133
MX3112 System Manual
Table 6-59. Quick Setup Menu Options (Continued)
Option
Copper
DS3
4
4
Description
Function
Management Mode
This option is used to provision the interface from
which Ethernet connectivity is established for
managing the system. Options are as follows:
• Disabled: The system cannot be managed
through Ethernet. Management connectivity is
supported only through the craft interface and
the dedicated COT-RT menu channel (remote
unit only). The chassis Ethernet port is
disabled.
• Local: Management connectivity is supported
through the craft interface, the dedicated COTRT menu channel (remote unit only), or the
Ethernet from the chassis 10/100 Ethernet
port.
• VLAN: Management connectivity is supported
through the craft interface, the dedicated COTRT menu channel (remote unit only), the
Ethernet from a VLAN on a designated bonding
group, or a customer 10/100 port. The chassis
Ethernet port is disabled.
5
5
IP Address
This option is used to enter the IP address. The IP
address is written in the format
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX, where each 3-digit field has a
value of 000–255.
6
6
Subnet Mask
This option is used to enter the subnet mask. A
subnet mask reduces the traffic on each subnetwork by confining traffic to only the subnetwork
for which it is intended. A subnet mask makes the
entire network more manageable. In effect, each
subnet functions as though it were an independent network, keeping local traffic local and forwarding traffic to another subnet only if the
address of the data is external to the subnet. The
subnet mask is written in the format
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX, where each 3-digit field has a
value of 000–255.
7
7
Gateway
This option is used to enter the default gateway/
router between the internal network and the external network. The gateway address is written in the
format XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX, where each 3-digit
field has a value of 000–255.
8
8
Date
This option is used to enter the date.
9
9
Time
This option is used to enter the time.
10
10
System ID
This option is used to enter the system ID.
6-134
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-59. Quick Setup Menu Options (Continued)
Option
Copper
DS3
11–
22
N/A
Description
Function
Bonding Group 1–12
This option is used to enter the bonding group
assignment for each DS1/E1 port.
• Enter 1 to assign a DS1/E1 port to Bonding
Group 1.
• Enter 2 to assign a DS1/E1 port to Bonding
Group 2.
• Enter 3 to assign a DS1/E1 port to Bonding
Group 3.
• Enter 4 to assign a DS1/E1 port to Bonding
Group 4.
• Enter 0 to remove a DS1/E1 from the assigned
bonding group.
N/A
11–
22
DS3 Tributary 13–24
This option is used to enter the bonding group
assignment for each DS3 tributary.
• Enter 1 to assign a DS3 tributary to Bonding
Group 1.
• Enter 2 to assign a DS3 tributary to Bonding
Group 2.
• Enter 3 to assign a DS3 tributary to Bonding
Group 3.
• Enter 4 to assign a DS3 tributary to Bonding
Group 4.
• Enter 0 to remove a DS3 from the assigned
bonding group.
When in RT mode and auto provisioning is
enabled, the bonding group is automatically configured by the COT.
For the List 2 Controller, the Quick Setup menu in
DS3 mode displays DS3 tributaries 25–28 (options
23–26).
61189901L1-1B
6-135
MX3112 System Manual
Status Menu
The Status menu (see Figure 6-91 for copper mode and Figure 6-92 for DS3 mode) provides
summarized status information about the major areas of the system. Navigate to submenus to
obtain more detailed information.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Status
1 - Controller Equipment
Active (Card A) : Normal
Standby (Card B) : Not Installed
3 - Ethernet Client Ports
<1-4>
: Down Down Down Down
4 - DS1/E1 Ports
<1-4>
: LOS LOS
<5-8>
: LOS LOS
<9-12> : LOS LOS
2 - Environmental Alarms
State : Major
LOS
LOS
LOS
LOS
LOS
LOS
5 - Bonding Group Status
<1-2>
: OK
N/A
<3-4>
: N/A
N/A
Timing : Loop
Fan Module
State
: Not Installed
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-91. Status Menu - Copper Mode
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Status
1 - Controller Equipment
Active (Card A) : Normal
Standby (Card B) : Not Installed
2 - DS3 (DS3 A)
State : DS3-ALARM
Status : LOS OOF DS2-OOF
3 - Environmental Alarms
State : Minor
4 - Ethernet Client Ports
<1-4>
: Down Down Down Down
5 - DS1
<1-4>
<5-8>
<9-12>
Ports
: LOS
: LOS
: LOS
LOS
LOS
LOS
LOS
LOS
LOS
LOS
LOS
LOS
6 - Bonding Group Status
<1-2>
: N/A
N/A
<3-4>
: N/A
N/A
Timing : Loop
Fan Module
State
: Not Installed
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-92. Status Menu - DS3 Mode
The Status menu options are shown in Table 6-60.
6-136
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-60. Status Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
Copper
DS3
1
1
Controller Equipment
This option displays the “Controller Equipment
Screen” on page 6-138.
N/A
2
DS3
This option displays the “DS3 Status Menu - DS3
Mode Only” on page 6-140.
2
3
Environmental Alarms
This option displays the “Environmental Alarms
Screen” on page 6-144.
3
4
Ethernet Client Ports
This option displays the “Ethernet Client Ports
Screen” on page 6-146.
4
5
DS1/E1 Ports
This option displays the “DS1/E1 Ports Status
Screen” on page 6-147.
5
6
Bonding Group Status
This option displays the “Bonding Group Status
Screen” on page 6-149.
61189901L1-1B
6-137
MX3112 System Manual
Controller Equipment Screen
The Controller Equipment screen (see Figure 6-93) displays the status of the active card,
standby card, and alarms.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Status->Controller Equipment
Active (Card A)
Standby (Card B)
: Normal
: Not Installed
Alarms
: None
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-93. Controller Equipment Screen
The Controller Equipment screen fields are shown in Table 6-61.
Table 6-61. Controller Equipment Screen Fields
Field
Description
Active
This field displays the status of the active card as shown in Table 6-62.
Standby
This field displays the status of the standby card as shown in Table 663.
Alarms
This field displays the conditions of the alarms as shown in Table 6-64.
Table 6-62. Status for Active Card
Status
Description
Normal
Indicates normal operating mode.
Software Update
Indicates software update in progress.
Max Switches Exceeded
Indicates the maximum switching threshold is exceeded.
Card Failure
Indicates card failure has occurred.
6-138
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-63. Status for Standby Card
Status
Description
Ready
Indicates card is ready and acting as a backup module.
Not Installed
Indicates card is not installed in the designated slot.
Software Update
Indicates software update is in progress.
Not Ready
Indicates card configuration is in progress.
Not Ready - Code
Mismatch
Indicates active card should be reset to run new code.
Comm Failure
Indicates modules are not able to communicate with each other.
Card Failure
Indicates card has failed and should be replaced.
Table 6-64. Alarm Conditions
Condition
Description
None
Indicates no alarms.
Card Failure - Active Card
Indicates active card has failed.
Card Failure - Standby
Card
Indicates standby card has failed.
Switch to Protect
Indicates a module switch has occurred.
Comm Failure
Indicates the active and standby modules are not able to communicate
with each other.
Code Mismatch
Indicates code versions on active and standby cards do not match.
Reset the active card to run new code.
61189901L1-1B
6-139
MX3112 System Manual
DS3 Status Menu - DS3 Mode Only
The DS3 Status menu (see Figure 6-94) displays the status for the DS3.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Status->DS3
DS3
Alarm
Rx Status
: LOS OOF
: LOS OOF
Rx Framing : Unknown
Rx FEAC
: Unknown
DS2s
<1-7>
Tx Clock Source
Tx Framing
: Local
: M23
Test Status : No Test
OOF OOF OOF OOF OOF OOF OOF
DS1 Tributaries in DS3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
AIS
TEST
1 - Go to Test Menu for DS1s in DS3
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-94. DS3 Status Menu - DS3 Mode
The DS3 Status menu fields are shown in Table 6-65.
Table 6-65. DS3 Status Menu Fields - DS3 Mode
Field
Description
Alarm
This field displays the conditions of the alarms as shown in Table 6-66.
Rx Status
This field displays the current status of the network. Possible states are
as follows:
• OK
• LOS
• OOF
• AIS
• RAI
• IDLE
Rx Framing
This field displays the network framing type. Types are as follows:
• C-bit
• M23
• Unknown
Rx FEAC
6-140
This field displays the conditions of the remote system shown in Table
6-67.
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-65. DS3 Status Menu Fields - DS3 Mode (Continued)
Field
Description
Tx Clock Source
This field displays the network clock source. Types are as follows:
• Loop
• Local
Tx Framing
This field displays the network framing type. Types are as follows:
• C-bit
• M23
Test Status
This field displays the current test status of the network. Possible
states are as follows:
• No Test
• Line Loopback
• Digital Loopback
• Remote Loopback
• Remote ALL T1
• Far Requested Line
DS2s 1-7
This field displays the conditions of the seven DS2s as shown in Table
6-68.
Table 6-66. Alarm Conditions
Condition
Description
None
Indicates no alarms are currently being received.
RAI
Indicates the MX3112 system is receiving a Remote Alarm Indication
(RAI) (yellow) alarm from the network. This alarm is a signal sent back
toward the source of a failed transmit circuit. The X-bits (X1 and X2)
are set to zero.
LOS
Indicates the MX3112 system has lost the Rx signal.
AIS
Indicates the MX3112 system is receiving an Alarm Indication Signal
(AIS) (blue) alarm from the network. AIS alarms occur when
consecutive 1010s are received in the information bits. This indicates
there is a transmission fault located either at the transmitting terminal
or upstream from the transmitting terminal.
OOF
Indicates the MX3112 system detects a framing loss from the network.
XCV
Indicates the MX3112 system is receiving excessive code violations
from the network, which are exceeding the threshold set by the XCV
Threshold parameter.
IDLE
Indicates the MX3112 system detects an idle sequence from the
network. Service is immediately available for use.
FEAC
Indicates the MX3112 system is receiving an alarm from the far end
DS3 system.
61189901L1-1B
6-141
MX3112 System Manual
Table 6-67. Remote System Conditions
Condition
Description
Normal
Indicates the far end MX3112 system is not reporting any conditions.
DS3 RAI
Indicates the far end unit is receiving a RAI (yellow) alarm from the
network. This alarm is a signal sent back toward the source of a failed
transmit circuit. The X-bits (X1 and X2) are set to zero.
DS3 LOS
Indicates the far end unit has lost the Rx signal.
DS3 AIS
Indicates the far end unit is receiving an AIS (blue) alarm condition
from the network. AIS alarms occur when consecutive 1010s are
received in the information bits. This indicates there is a transmission
fault located either at the transmitting terminal or upstream from the
transmitting terminal.
DS3 LOF
Indicates the far end unit detects a framing loss, Loss of Frame (LOF),
from the network.
DS3 Idle
Indicates the far end unit detects an idle sequence from the network.
DS3 Eqpt Fail (SA)
Indicates the far end unit or network is reporting a service-affecting
(SA) DS3 equipment failure.
DS3 Eqpt Fail (NSA)
Indicates the far end unit or network is reporting a non-serviceaffecting (NSA) DS3 equipment failure.
Common Eqpt Fail
Indicates the far end unit or network is reporting a non-serviceaffecting common equipment failure.
Multiple DS1 LOS
Indicates the far end unit is experiencing a loss of signal on multiple
DS1s.
Single DS1 LOS
Indicates the far end unit is experiencing a loss of signal on a single
DS1.
DS1 Eqpt Fail (SA)
Indicates the far end unit is experiencing a service-affecting DS1
equipment failure.
DS1 Eqpt Fail (NSA)
Indicates the far end unit is experiencing a non-service-affecting DS1
equipment failure.
Unknown
Indicates the unit is unable to discern the status of the far end unit.
This is the normal state for M13 framing.
6-142
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-68. DS2 Conditions
Condition
Description
OK
Indicates the DS2 is not receiving alarms.
OOF
Indicates the unit detects a framing loss across the DS2.
RAI
Indicates the unit is receiving a RAI (yellow) alarm from the network
across a DS2. This alarm is a signal sent back toward the source of a
failed transmit circuit. The X-bit is set to zero.
AIS
Indicates the unit is receiving an AIS (blue) alarm condition from the
network across the DS2. AIS alarms occur when the unit receives
unframed all ones.
The DS3 Status menu option is shown in Table 6-69.
Table 6-69. DS3 Status Menu Option
Option
1
Description
Function
Go to Test Menu for DS1s in DS3
A/B
This option displays the “DS1s in DS3 Menu - DS3
Mode Only” on page 6-160.
61189901L1-1B
6-143
MX3112 System Manual
Environmental Alarms Screen
The Environmental Alarms screen (see Figure 6-95) displays the status of the DS1 ports.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Status->Environmental Alarms
External Inputs
AUX #1 Input
AUX #2 Input
AUX #3 Input
AUX #4 Input
PWR BUS A
PWR BUS B
Alarm Status
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Active
Level
Major
Major
Major
Major
Major
Major
ACO Status
Inactive
N/A
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-95. Environmental Alarms Screen
The Environmental Alarms screen fields are shown in Table 6-70.
Table 6-70. Environmental Alarms Screen Fields
Field
Description
External Inputs
This field displays the external inputs as shown in Table 6-71.
Alarm Status
This field displays the alarm status as one of the following:
• Active
• Inactive
Level
This field displays the alarm level as one of the following:
• Disabled
• Info
• Alert
• Minor
• Major
• Critical
• N/A (ACO Only)
6-144
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-71. Environmental Alarm External Inputs
External Input
Description
AUX #1 Input
This input indicates open or closed relay contacts for AUX #1.
AUX #2 Input
This input indicates open or closed relay contacts for AUX #2.
AUX #3 Input
This input indicates open or closed relay contacts for AUX #3.
AUX #4 Input
This input indicates open or closed relay contacts for AUX #4.
PWR BUS A
This input generates an alarm signal when power feed A fails. When
both power feeds fail, a critical alarm is not generated. A complete
power failure at the MX3112 system is detected by communication loss
at the attached devices.
PWR BUS B
This input generates an alarm signal when power feed B fails. When
both power feeds fail, a critical alarm is not generated. A complete
power failure at the MX3112 system is detected by communication loss
at the attached devices.
ACO Status
This field displays the current status of the ACO inputs. This includes
the front panel ACO switch and any auxiliary inputs configured as
ACO.
61189901L1-1B
6-145
MX3112 System Manual
Ethernet Client Ports Screen
The Ethernet Client Ports screen (see Figure 6-96) displays the current link status and link
speed and duplex of each Ethernet client port.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Status->Ethernet Client Ports
Port
1
2
3
4
Link Status
Up
Up
Up
Up
Link Speed & Duplex
100, Full
100, Full
100, Full
100, Full
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-96. Ethernet Client Ports Screen
The Ethernet Client Ports screen fields are shown in Table 6-72.
Table 6-72. Ethernet Client Ports Screen Fields
Field
Description
Port
This field displays the Ethernet client port number.
Link Status
This field displays the current status as either Up or Down.
Link Speed & Duplex
This field displays one of the following speeds as active.
• 10 Mbps, Half
• 100 Mbps, Half
• 10 Mbps, Full
• 100 Mbps, Full
• Unknown
6-146
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
DS1/E1 Ports Status Screen
The DS1/E1 Ports Status screen (see Figure 6-97) displays the test status for each DS1 port.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Status->DS1/E1 Ports
DS1 Port
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Status
LOS
LOS
LOS
LOS
LOS
LOS
LOS
LOS
LOS
LOS
LOS
LOS
Test
No Test
No Test
No Test
No Test
No Test
No Test
No Test
No Test
No Test
No Test
No Test
No Test
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-97. DS1/E1 Ports Status Screen
The DS1/E1 Ports Status screen fields are shown in Table 6-73.
Table 6-73. DS1/E1 Ports Status Screen Fields
Field
Description
DS1/E1 Port
This field displays the DS1/E1 port number.
Status
This field displays the current line status of the DS1/E1 ports. The
possible states are as follows:
• OK
• CV
• AIS
• LOS
• AUTO
• OFF
61189901L1-1B
6-147
MX3112 System Manual
Table 6-73. DS1/E1 Ports Status Screen Fields (Continued)
Field
Description
Test
This field displays the current test status of the DS1/E1 ports. The
possible states are as follows:
• No Test
• Analog Network
• Digital Line
• CSU Loopback (DS1 Mode Only)
• CSU LB w/ Pattern (DS1 Mode Only)
• NIU Loopback (DS1 Mode Only)
• NIU LB w/ Pattern (DS1 Mode Only)
• Pattern Test (DS1 Mode Only)
• Far Requested Analog Net
6-148
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Bonding Group Status Screen
The Bonding Group Status screen (see Figure 6-98 for copper mode and Figure 6-99 for DS3
mode) displays the current status for each DS1/E1 bonding group and each DS1/E1 port.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Status->Bonding Groups
| Unbonded
|
|
DS1 |
Port |
Status
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
Relative skew
|
Group 1
|
Group 2
|
OK
|
OK
| Skew Thrs=4 | Skew Thrs=4
|
|
| Status Skew | Status Skew
| OK
0.0 |
| OK
0.0 |
| OK
0.0 |
|
| OK
0.0
|
| OK
0.0
|
| OK
0.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
is displayed in milliseconds.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Group 3
OK
Skew Thrs=4
|
Group 4
|
OK
| Skew Thrs=4
|
Status Skew | Status Skew
|
|
|
|
|
|
OK
0.0 |
OK
0.0 |
OK
0.0 |
| OK
0.0
| OK
0.0
| OK
0.0
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-98. Bonding Group Status Screen - Copper Mode
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Status->Bonding Groups
| Unbonded
|
|
DS3 |
Status
Trib |
13 |
14 |
15 |
16 |
17 |
18 |
19 |
20 |
21 |
22 |
23 |
24 |
Relative skew
|
Group 1
|
Group 2
|
OK
|
OK
| Skew Thrs=4 | Skew Thrs=4
|
|
| Status Skew | Status Skew
| OK
0.0 |
| OK
0.0 |
| OK
0.0 |
|
| OK
0.0
|
| OK
0.0
|
| OK
0.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
is displayed in milliseconds.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Group 3
OK
Skew Thrs=4
|
Group 4
|
OK
| Skew Thrs=4
|
Status Skew | Status Skew
|
|
|
|
|
|
OK
0.0 |
OK
0.0 |
OK
0.0 |
| OK
0.0
| OK
0.0
| OK
0.0
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-99. Bonding Group Status Screen - DS3 Mode
61189901L1-1B
6-149
MX3112 System Manual
NOTE
For the List 2 Controller, the DS1 Bonding Group Status screen in
DS3 mode displays DS3 tributaries 25–28. The additional tributaries are displayed by using the hot keys listed in Table 6-76.
The Bonding Group Status screen fields are shown in Table 6-74.
Table 6-74. Bonding Group Status Screen Fields
Field
Description
Group 1–4
This field displays the status of each bonding group as shown in Table
6-75.
Skew Thrs
This field displays the provisioned skew threshold (in milliseconds) for
the bonding group.
DS1/E1 Status
This field displays the possible states in order of precedence of each
DS1/E1 port as shown in Table 6-77.
Skew Status
This field displays the relative skew value of each DS1/E1 in a bonded
group. “N/A” is displayed if an error condition prevents calculation.
Table 6-75. Bonding Group States
Status
Description
N/A
Indicates no DS1/E1s are bonded to this group.
OK
Indicates the status of all DS1/E1s bonded to a group is OK.
PARTIAL
Indicates an error condition exists on all but at least one of the DS1/
E1s in a bonded group.
DOWN
Indicates an error condition exists on all of the DS1/E1s in a bonded
group.
The Bonding Group Status screen hot keys are shown in Table 6-76.
Table 6-76. Bonding Group Status Screen Hot Keys - DS3 Mode
Hot Keys
6-150
Description
Function
N
Next
This hot key displays the next page of tributaries.
P
Previous
This hot key displays the previous page of
tributaries.
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-77. DS1/E1 Port States
Status
Description
OK
Indicates the DS1/E1 is okay (no anomalies).
SKEW
Indicates the measured skew for the DS1/E1 exceeds the provisioned
threshold.
NO SYNC
Indicates loss of synchronization at the DS1/E1 interface of the
bonding engine with the far end system.
FE FAIL
Indicates a problem is detected at the far end system.
CRC
Indicates coding violations are detected, with a rate below the
provisioned threshold.
LOF
Indicates loss of frame.
XCV
Indicates coding violations are detected, with a rate in excess of the
provisioned threshold.
RAI
Indicates a Remote Alarm Indication (RAI) is received.
TEST
Indicates a loopback is activated on this system.
DISABLE
Indicates the state option of the DS1/E1 is provisioned as disabled.
NE OOS
Indicates the DS1/E1 state is provisioned out-of-service on the main
system.
FE OOS
Indicates the DS1/E1 state is provisioned out-of-service on the far end
system.
LINK ID
Indicates a link ID mismatch is detected on the DS1 (the received value
is not equal to the expected value).
LPBK
Indicates an external loopback is detected on the DS1.
61189901L1-1B
6-151
MX3112 System Manual
Test Menu
The Test menu (see Figure 6-100 for copper mode and Figure 6-101 for DS3 mode) provides
options for testing the DS1/E1 ports.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
ID:
MX3112->Test
DS1 Ports
1 - # 1 :
2 - # 2 :
3 - # 3 :
4 - # 4 :
5 - # 5 :
6 - # 6 :
7 - # 7 :
8 - # 8 :
9 - # 9 :
10 - #10 :
11 - #11 :
12 - #12 :
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
14
15
16
17
-
Test Alarm Relays
Reset ALL Tests
Test Timeout
Pattern
: 5 minutes
: QRSS
13 - Bonding DS1s
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-100. Test Menu - Copper Mode
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
ID:
MX3112->Test
DS1 Ports
1 - # 1 :
2 - # 2 :
3 - # 3 :
4 - # 4 :
5 - # 5 :
6 - # 6 :
7 - # 7 :
8 - # 8 :
9 - # 9 :
10 - #10 :
11 - #11 :
12 - #12 :
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
14 - DS3
: No Test
15 - DS1s in DS3
: No Test
16
17
18
19
-
Test Alarm Relays
Reset ALL Tests
Test Timeout
Pattern
: 5 minutes
: QRSS
13 - Bonding DS1s
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-101. Test Menu - DS3 Mode
The Test menu options are shown in Table 6-78.
6-152
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-78. Test Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
Copper
DS3
1–12
1–12
DS1/E1 Ports #1 - #12
This option displays the “DS1/E1 Port Test Menu”
on page 6-154.
13
N/A
Bonding DS1/E1s
This option displays the “Bonding DS1/E1s Menu
- Copper Mode Only” on page 6-156.
N/A
13
Bonding DS1s
This option displays the “Bonding DS1s Menu DS3 Mode Only” on page 6-157.
N/A
14
DS3
This option displays the “DS3 Test Menu - DS3
Mode Only” on page 6-159.
N/A
15
DS1s in DS3
This option displays the “DS1s in DS3 Menu - DS3
Mode Only” on page 6-160.
14
16
Test Alarm Relays
This option displays the “Test Alarm Relays Menu”
on page 6-163.
15
17
Reset ALL Tests
This option is used to cancel all test and return all
test to data mode.
16
18
Test Timeout
This option is used to select the test timeout.
Options are as follows:
• Disabled
• 1 minute
• 5 minutes
• 10 minutes
• 15 minutes
• 30 minutes
• 45 minutes
• 60 minutes
17
19
Pattern
This option is used to select the test pattern used
by the internal BERT. Options are as follows:
• QRSS
• ALL ONES
• ALL ZEROS
• 2 IN 8 (2:6)
• 1 IN 8 (1:7)
• 2^15-1 INV
61189901L1-1B
6-153
MX3112 System Manual
DS1/E1 Port Test Menu
The DS1/E1 Port Test menu (see Figure 6-102) provides testing options that can be run on
the DS1 ports.
CAUTION
Enabling a test interrupts customer payload on the selected DS1/
E1 port.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
DS1/E1 Port #1 Test : No Test
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
-
No Test
Analog Network
Digital Line
CSU Loopback
CSU LB w/ Pattern
NIU Loopback
NIU LB w/ Pattern
Pattern Test
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-102. DS1/E1 Port Test Menu
The DS1/E1 Port Test menu options are shown in Table 6-79.
Table 6-79. DS1/E1 Port Test Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
No Test
When this mode is selected, no test are active and
the customer payload is uninterrupted.
2
Analog Network
This test activates a DS1 loopback toward the DS3
in DS3 mode or the DSX-1 line interface in copper
mode.
3
Digital Line
This test activates a DS1 loopback toward the
DSX-1 line interface.
4
CSU Loopback (DS1 Mode Only)
This test sends CSU loop up commands towards the
DSX-1 line.
6-154
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-79. DS1/E1 Port Test Menu Options (Continued)
Option
Description
Function
5
CSU LB w/ Pattern (DS1 Mode
Only)
This test sends CSU loop up commands towards the
DSX-1 line and sends test patterns using the
internal BERT.
6
NIU Loopback (DS1 Mode Only)
This test sends NIU loop up commands towards the
DSX-1 line.
7
NIU LB w/ Pattern (DS1 Mode Only)
This test sends NIU loop up commands towards the
DSX-1 line and sends test patterns using the
internal BERT.
8
Pattern Test (DS1 Mode Only)
This test sends test patterns using the internal
BERT.
61189901L1-1B
6-155
MX3112 System Manual
Bonding DS1/E1s Menu - Copper Mode Only
The Bonding DS1/E1s menu (see Figure 6-103) is used to select the type of test to be
performed on each DS1/E1 port.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Test->Bonding DS1s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
-
DS1 Port
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Test
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-103. Bonding DS1/E1s Menu - Copper Mode
The Bonding DS1/E1s menu options are shown in Table 6-80.
Table 6-80. Bonding DS1/E1s Menu Options - Copper Mode
Option
1–12
Description
Function
DS1/E1 Port 1–12
This option is used to select the type of test to be
performed. Table 6-81 shows a description of each
test.
Table 6-81. Bonded DS1/E1 Tests
Test
Description
No Test
No test is activated.
Line
This test activates a DS1/E1 loopback toward the DS3 in DS3 mode or
the DSX-1 line interface in copper mode. All data is looped back,
including framing and payload data.
Payload
This test activates a DS1/E1 loopback toward the DS3 in DS3 mode or
the DSX-1 line interface in copper mode. The payload data is looped
back, whereas the framing is regenerated.
6-156
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Bonding DS1s Menu - DS3 Mode Only
The Bonding DS1s menu (see Figure 6-104) is used to select the test to be performed on each
DS3 tributary.
CAUTION
Enabling a test on a DS3 interrupts customer payload on all DS1s
transported over the DS3.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Test->Bonding DS1s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
-
DS3 Trib
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Test
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-104. Bonding DS1s Menu - DS3 Mode
NOTE
For the List 2 Controller, the Bonding DS1s menu displays DS3
tributaries 25–28.
The Bonding DS1s menu options are shown in Table 6-82.
Table 6-82. Bonding DS1s Menu Options - DS3 Mode
Option
1–12
Description
Function
DS3 Trib 13–24
This option is used to select the type of test to be
performed. Table 6-83 shows a description of each
test.
61189901L1-1B
6-157
MX3112 System Manual
Table 6-83. DS1 Tributary Tests
Test
Description
No Test
No test is activated.
Line
This test activates a DS1 loopback toward the DS3. All data is looped
back, including framing and payload data.
Payload
This test activates a DS1 loopback toward the DS3. The payload data is
looped back, whereas the framing is regenerated.
6-158
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
DS3 Test Menu - DS3 Mode Only
The DS3 Test menu (see Figure 6-105) provides testing options that can be run on the DS3.
CAUTION
Enabling a test on a DS3 interrupts customer payload on all DS1s
transported over the DS3.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
DS3 Test : No Test
1
2
3
4
5
-
No Test
Line Loopback
Digital Loopback
Remote Loopback
Remote ALL T1
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-105. DS3 Test Menu - DS3 Mode
The DS3 Test menu options are shown in Table 6-84.
Table 6-84. DS3 Test Menu Options - DS3 Mode
Option
Description
Function
1
No Test
When this mode is selected, no test are active and
the customer payload is uninterrupted.
2
Line Loopback
This test loops towards the DS3 line but excludes
the DS3 framer.
3
Digital Loopback
This test loops the DS3 toward the DS1 tributaries.
4
Remote Loopback (C-bit Only)
This test performs a line loopback at the equipment
on the other end of the DS3.
5
Remote ALL T1 (C-bit Only)
This test performs a tributary loopback on all DS1s
in the DS3 at the equipment on the other end of the
DS3.
61189901L1-1B
6-159
MX3112 System Manual
DS1s in DS3 Menu - DS3 Mode Only
The DS1s in DS3 menu (see Figure 6-106) displays the selected test for each of the tributaries.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Test->DS1s in DS3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
-
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
-
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Selection :
'?' - System Help Scree
Figure 6-106. DS1s in DS3 Menu - DS3 Mode
The DS1s in DS3 menu options are shown in Table 6-85.
Table 6-85. DS1s in DS3 Menu Options - DS3 Mode
Option
1–28
6-160
Description
Function
DS1 Ports 1–28
This option displays the “DS1 in DS3 Test Menu DS3 Mode Only” on page 6-161.
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
DS1 in DS3 Test Menu - DS3 Mode Only
The DS1 in DS3 Test menu (see Figure 6-107) provides testing options that can be run on
each tributary.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
DS1 #1 in DS3 Test : No Test
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
-
No Test
Tributary Loopback
Remote Loopback
Remote Loopback w/ Pattern
CSU Loopback
CSU LB w/ Pattern
NIU Loopback
NIU LB w/ Pattern
Pattern Test
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-107. DS1 in DS3 Test Menu - DS3 Mode
The DS1 in DS3 Test menu options are shown in Table 6-86.
Table 6-86. DS1 in DS3 Test Menu Options - DS3 Mode
Option
Description
Function
1
No Test
When this mode is selected, no test are active and
the customer payload is uninterrupted.
2
Tributary Loopback
This test activates a DS1 loopback toward the DS3.
3
Remote Loopback
This test performs a tributary loopback on the
selected DS1 in the DS3 terminated at the
connecting equipment.
4
Remote Loopback w/ Pattern
This test activates a remote loopback at the far end
system, and then, generates a test pattern toward
that loopback.
5
CSU Loopback
This test sends CSU loop up commands towards the
DSX-1 line.
6
CSU LB w/ Pattern
This test sends CSU loop up commands towards the
DSX-1 line and sends test patterns using the
internal BERT.
61189901L1-1B
6-161
MX3112 System Manual
Table 6-86. DS1 in DS3 Test Menu Options - DS3 Mode (Continued)
Option
Description
Function
7
NIU Loopback
This test sends NIU loop up commands towards the
DSX-1 line.
8
NIU LB w/ Pattern
This test sends NIU loop up commands towards the
DSX-1 line and sends test patterns using the
internal BERT.
9
Pattern Test
This test sends test patterns using the internal
BERT.
6-162
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Test Alarm Relays Menu
The Test Alarm Relays menu with the Alarm Relay Test Status option set to Inactive is shown
in Figure 6-108. Figure 6-109 shows the Test Alarm Relays menu with the Alarm Relay Test
Status option is set to Active.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Test->Test Alarm Relays
1 - Alarm Relay Test Status
Selection :
: Inactive
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-108. Test Alarm Relays Menu (Alarm Relay Test Status = Inactive)
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Test->Test Alarm Relays
1 - Alarm Relay Test Status
: Active
2 - Toggle Critical Relay
3 - Toggle Major Relay
4 - Toggle Minor Relay
: Active
: Active
: Active
5 - Toggle All Relays
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-109. Test Alarm Relays Menu (Alarm Relay Test Status = Active)
61189901L1-1B
6-163
MX3112 System Manual
The Test Alarm Relays menu options are shown in Table 6-87.
Table 6-87. Test Alarm Relays Menu Options
Option
1
Field
Description
Alarm Relay Test Status
This option is used to enable or disable the alarm
relay test. Options are as follows:
• Inactive: Test is disabled.
• Active: Test is enabled. Options 2–5 are visible
when this option is selected.
2
Toggle Critical Relay
This option is a toggle key to change between
Inactive and Active status.
3
Toggle Major Relay
This option is a toggle key to change between
Inactive and Active status.
4
Toggle Minor Relay
This option is a toggle key to change between
Inactive and Active status.
5
Toggle All Relays
This option is a toggle key to change between
Inactive and Active status for all alarm relays at
once.
6-164
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Performance Monitoring Menu
The Performance Monitoring menu (see Figure 6-110 for copper mode and Figure 6-111 for
DS3 mode) allows access to all performance monitoring options.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM
1
2
3
4
-
DS1/E1 Port Statistics
DS1/E1 Bonding Statistics
Bonding Group Statistics
Ethernet Client Statistics
5 - Reset ALL Current Interval PM Data
6 - Reset ALL PM Data
7 - Reset ALL PM Thresholds to Defaults
8 - Enable ALL PM Thresholds
9 - Disable ALL PM Thresholds
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-110. Performance Monitoring Menu - Copper Mode
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM
1
2
3
4
5
-
DS3 Statistics
DS1/E1 Port Statistics
DS1/E1 Bonding Statistics
Bonding Group Statistics
Ethernet Client Statistics
6 - Reset ALL Current Interval PM Data
7 - Reset ALL PM Data
8 - Reset ALL PM Thresholds to Defaults
9 - Enable ALL PM Thresholds
10 - Disable ALL PM Thresholds
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-111. Performance Monitoring Menu - DS3 Mode
The Performance Monitoring menu options are shown in Table 6-88.
61189901L1-1B
6-165
MX3112 System Manual
Table 6-88. Performance Monitoring Menu Options
Option
Field
Description
Copper
DS3
N/A
1
DS3 Statistics
This option displays the “DS3 Stats Menu - DS3
Mode Only” on page 6-167.
1
2
DS1/E1 Port Statistics
This option displays the “DS1/E1 Port Stats
Menu” on page 6-179.
2
3
DS1/E1 Bonding Statistics
This option displays the “DS1/E1 Bonding Stats
Menu” on page 6-185.
3
4
Bonding Group Statistics
This option displays the “Bonding Group Stats
Menu” on page 6-200.
4
5
Ethernet Client Statistics
This option displays the “Ethernet Stats Menu” on
page 6-206.
5
6
Reset ALL Current Interval PM
Data
This option resets all current interval performance
monitoring data.
6
7
Reset ALL PM Data
This option resets all performance monitoring
data.
7
8
Reset ALL PM Thresholds to
Defaults
This option resets all performance monitoring
thresholds to the defaults.
8
9
Enable ALL PM Thresholds
This option enables all performance monitoring
thresholds.
9
10
Disable ALL PM Thresholds
This option disables all performance monitoring
thresholds.
6-166
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
DS3 Stats Menu - DS3 Mode Only
The DS3 Stats menu (see Figure 6-112) allows access to view all DS3 performance monitoring
statistics and thresholds.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM->DS3 Stats
1 - Near End Daily
2 - Near End Quarter Hourly
3 - Far End Daily
4 - Far End Quarter Hourly
5 - Near End Daily Thresholds
6 - Near End Quarter Hourly Thresholds
7 - Far End Daily Thresholds
8 - Far End Quarter Hourly Thresholds
9 - Reset DS3 Current Interval PM Data
10 - Reset DS3 PM Data
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-112. DS3 Stats Menu - DS3 Mode
The DS3 Stats menu options are shown in Table 6-89.
Table 6-89. DS3 Stats Menu Options - DS3 Mode
Option
Description
Field
1
Near End Daily
This option displays the “Near End Daily Screen” on
page 6-170.
2
Near End Quarter Hourly
This option displays the “Near End Quarter Hourly
Menu” on page 6-171.
3
Far End Daily
This option displays the “Far End Daily Screen” on
page 6-172.
4
Far End Quarter Hourly
This option displays the “Far End Quarter Hourly
Menu” on page 6-173.
5
Near End Daily Thresholds
This option displays the “Near End Thresholds
Menu” on page 6-175.
6
Near End Quarter Hourly
Thresholds
This option displays the “Near End Thresholds
Menu” on page 6-175.
7
Far End Daily Thresholds
This option displays the “Far End Thresholds Menu”
on page 6-177.
61189901L1-1B
6-167
MX3112 System Manual
Table 6-89. DS3 Stats Menu Options - DS3 Mode (Continued)
Option
Description
Field
8
Far End Quarter Hourly Thresholds
This option displays the “Far End Thresholds Menu”
on page 6-177.
9
Reset DS3 Current Interval PM
Data
This option resets the DS3 current interval PM data.
Reset DS3 PM Data
This option resets the DS3 PM data.
10
Table 6-90 provides descriptions for the DS3 near end parameters used in the sub-level
menus and screens. Table 6-91 provides descriptions for the DS3 far end parameters used in
the sub-level menus and screens. The CP-bit parameter descriptions apply to C-bit framing
only. This includes the near end CVCP-P, ESCP-P, SESCP-P, and UASCP-P, and the far end
CVCP-PFE, ESCP-PFE, SESCP-PFE, and UASCP-PFE. “N/A” is displayed for these parameters
when M13 framing is selected.
Table 6-90. DS3 Near End Parameter Descriptions
Parameter
Definition
Description
CV-L
Code Violation - Line
This parameter indicates the number of Bipolar
Violations (BPVs) and Excessive Zeros (EXZs) that have
occurred.
ES-L
Errored Second - Line
This parameter indicates the number of seconds in
which one or more Coding Violations (CVs) or one or
more Loss-of-Signal (LOS) defects occurred.
SES-L
Severely Errored Second
- Line
This parameter indicates the number of seconds with 45
or more BPVs and EXZs, or one or more LOS defects.
LOSS-L
Loss of Signal Second
- Line
This parameter indicates the number of seconds for
which one or more LOS defects occurred.
CVP-P
Code Violation, P-bit Parity
- Path
This parameter indicates the number of P-bit parity
errors that have occurred. This count is not incremented
when Unavailable Seconds (UASP-P) are counted.
ESP-P
Errored Second, P-bit
Parity - Path
This parameter indicates the number of seconds with
one or more P-bit parity errors, one or more SEF defects,
or one or more Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) defects.
This count is not incremented when UASP-P are
counted.
SESP-P
Severely Errored Second,
P-bit Parity - Path
This parameter indicates the number of seconds with 45
or more P-bit parity errors, one or more SEF defects, or
one ore more AIS defects. This count is not incremented
when UASP-P are counted.
UASP-P
Unavailable Second, P-bit
Parity - Path
This parameter indicates the number of seconds that the
DS3 path is unavailable. UASP-P accumulates at the
onset of 10 contiguous SESP-Ps and stops accumulating
at the onset of 10 contiguous seconds without SESP-Ps.
6-168
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-90. DS3 Near End Parameter Descriptions (Continued)
Parameter
Definition
Description
CVCP-P
Code Violation, CP-bit
Parity - Path
This parameter indicates the number of CP-bit parity
errors that have occurred. This count is not incremented
when UASCP-P are counted.
ESCP-P
Errored Second, CP-bit
Parity - Path
This parameter indicates the number of seconds with
one or more CP-bit parity errors, one or more SEF
defects, or one or more AIS defects. This count is not
incremented when UASCP-P are counted.
SESCP-P
Severely Errored Second,
CP-bit Parity - Path
This parameter indicates the number of seconds with 45
or more CP-bit parity errors, one or more SEF defects, or
one or more AIS defects. This count is not incremented
when UASCP-P are counted.
UASCP-P
Unavailable Second, CPbit Parity - Path
This parameter indicates the number of seconds that the
DS3 path is unavailable. UASCP-P accumulates at the
onset of 10 contiguous SESCP-Ps and stops
accumulating at the onset of 10 contiguous seconds
without SESCP-Ps.
Table 6-91. DS3 Far End Parameter Descriptions
Parameter
Definition
Description
CVCP-PFE
Code Violation, CP-bit
Parity - Path
This parameter indicates the number of CP-bit parity
errors that have occurred. This count is not incremented
when UAS are counted.
ESCP-PFE
Errored Second, CP-bit
Parity - Path
This parameter indicates the number of seconds with
one or more CP-bit parity errors, one or more SEF
defects, or one or more Alarm Indication Signal (AIS)
defects. This count is not incremented when
UASCP-PFE are counted.
SESCP-PFE
Severely Errored Second,
CP-bit Parity - Path
This parameter indicates the number of seconds with 45
or more CP-bit parity errors, one or more SEF defects, or
one or more AIS defects. This count is not incremented
when UASCP-PFE are counted.
UASCP-PFE
Unavailable Second, CPbit Parity - Path
This parameter indicates the number of seconds that the
DS3 path is unavailable. UASP-PFE accumulates at the
onset of 10 contiguous SESCP-PFEs and stops
accumulating at the onset of 10 contiguous seconds
without SESCP-PFEs.
61189901L1-1B
6-169
MX3112 System Manual
Near End Daily Screen
The Near End Daily screen (see Figure 6-113) provides statistics that are maintained for the
current 24-hour period and the seven previous days.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
ID:
MX3112->PM->DS3 Stats->Near End Daily
CV-L
ES-L
SES-L
LOSS-L
CVP-P
ESP-P
SESP-P
UASP-P
CVCP-P
ESCP-P
SESCP-P
UASCP-P
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Current
01/01
01/02
01/03
01/04
01/05
01/06
01/07
0
43
43
43
0
0
0
43
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0
60
60
60
0
0
0
60
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0
60
60
60
0
0
0
60
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0
60
60
60
0
0
0
60
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0
60
60
60
0
0
0
60
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0
60
60
60
0
0
0
60
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0
60
60
60
0
0
0
60
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0
60
60
60
0
0
0
60
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-113. Near End Daily Screen
Table 6-90 on page 168 provides definitions for the parameters used on the Near End Daily
screen.
6-170
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Near End Quarter Hourly Menu
The Near End Quarter Hourly menu (see Figure 6-114) provides statistics that are maintained
for the current 15-minute interval and the completed 96 previous 15-minute intervals. Each
option on the Near End Quarter Hourly menu displays a 24-hour history in 15 minute
intervals (see Figure 6-115).
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
01/01/05 13:30
Site 1 MX3112
ID:
MX3112->PM->DS3 Stats->Near End Quarter Hourly
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
-
CV-L
ES-L
SES-L
LOSS-L
CVP-P
ESP-P
SESP-P
UASP-P
CVCP-P
ESCP-P
SESCP-P
UASCP-P
Current
13:30
13:15
13:00
12:45
12:30
12:15
12:00
0
3
3
3
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
10
10
10
0
0
0
10
0
0
0
0
0
10
10
10
0
0
0
10
0
0
0
0
0
10
10
10
0
0
0
10
0
0
0
0
0
10
10
10
0
0
0
10
0
0
0
0
0
10
10
10
0
0
0
10
0
0
0
0
0
10
10
10
0
0
0
10
0
0
0
0
0
10
10
10
0
0
0
10
0
0
0
0
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-114. Near End Quarter Hourly Menu
Table 6-90 on page 168 provides definitions for the parameters used on the Near End Quarter
Hourly menu.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
01/01/05 09:45
Site 1 MX3112
ID:
MX3112->PM->DS3 Stats->Near End Quarter Hourly->CV-L
09:45
09:30
09:15
09:00
08:45
08:30
08:15
08:00
07:45
07:30
07:15
07:00
06:45
06:30
06:15
06:00
05:45
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
05:30
05:15
05:00
04:45
04:30
04:15
04:00
03:45
03:30
03:15
03:00
02:45
02:30
02:15
02:00
01:45
01:30
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
01:15
01:00
00:45
00:30
00:15
00:00
23:45
23:30
23:15
23:00
22:45
22:30
22:15
22:00
21:45
21:30
21:15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
21:00
20:45
20:30
20:15
20:00
19:45
19:30
19:15
19:00
18:45
18:30
18:15
18:00
17:45
17:30
17:15
17:00
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16:45
16:30
16:15
16:00
15:45
15:30
15:15
15:00
14:45
14:30
14:15
14:00
13:45
13:30
13:15
13:00
12:45
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12:30
12:15
12:00
11:45
11:30
11:15
11:00
10:45
10:30
10:15
10:00
09:45
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 6-115. 24-Hour History Screen
61189901L1-1B
6-171
MX3112 System Manual
Far End Daily Screen
The Far End Daily screen (see Figure 6-116) provides statistics that are maintained for the
current 24-hour period and the seven previous days.
NOTE
These statistics do not apply if the DS3 framing is set to M23.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
ID:
MX3112->PM->DS3 Stats->Far End Daily
CVCP-PFE
ESCP-PFE
SESCP-PFE
UASCP-PFE
:
:
:
:
Current
01/01
01/02
01/03
01/04
01/05
01/06
01/07
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-116. Far End Daily Screen
Table 6-91 on page 169 provides definitions for the parameters used on Far End Daily screen.
6-172
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Far End Quarter Hourly Menu
The Far End Quarter Hourly menu (see Figure 6-117) provides statistics that are maintained
for the current 15-minute interval and the completed 96 previous 15-minute intervals. Each
option on the Far End Quarter Hourly menu displays a 24-hour history in 15 minute intervals
(see Figure 6-118).
NOTE
These statistics do not apply if the DS3 framing is set to M23.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
01/01/05 14:00
Site 1 MX3112
ID:
MX3112->PM->DS3 Stats->Far End Quarterly Hourly
1
2
3
4
-
CVCP-PFE
ESCP-PFE
SESCP-PFE
UASCP-PFE
Selection :
:
:
:
:
Current
14:00
13:45
13:30
13:15
13:00
12:45
12:30
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
'?' - System Help Scree
Figure 6-117. Far End Quarter Hourly Menu
Table 6-91 on page 169 provides definitions for the parameters used on Far End Quarter
Hourly menu.
61189901L1-1B
6-173
MX3112 System Manual
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
01/01/05 10:15
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM->DS3 Stats->Far End Quarterly Hourly->CVCP-PFE
10:15
10:00
09:45
09:30
09:15
09:00
08:45
08:30
08:15
08:00
07:45
07:30
07:15
07:00
06:45
06:30
06:15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
06:00
05:45
05:30
05:15
05:00
04:45
04:30
04:15
04:00
03:45
03:30
03:15
03:00
02:45
02:30
02:15
02:00
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
01:45
01:30
01:15
01:00
00:45
00:30
00:15
00:00
23:45
23:30
23:15
23:00
22:45
22:30
22:15
22:00
21:45
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
21:30
21:15
21:00
20:45
20:30
20:15
20:00
19:45
19:30
19:15
19:00
18:45
18:30
18:15
18:00
17:45
17:30
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
17:15
17:00
16:45
16:30
16:15
16:00
15:45
15:30
15:15
15:00
14:45
14:30
14:15
14:00
13:45
13:30
13:15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
13:00
12:45
12:30
12:15
12:00
11:45
11:30
11:15
11:00
10:45
10:30
10:15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 6-118. 24-Hour History Screen
6-174
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Near End Thresholds Menu
The Near End Thresholds menu (see Figure 6-119) is used to select the parameter then set the
threshold to the desired level and enable or disable the alarm to be issued once the threshold
is exceeded. Figure 6-119 is an example of the menu that is displayed for the Near End Daily
Thresholds menu and the Near End Quarter Hourly Thresholds menu.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM->DS3 Stats->Near End Daily Thresholds
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Selection :
-
CV-L
ES-L
SES-L
LOSS-L
CVP-P
ESP-P
SESP-P
UASP-P
CVCP-P
ESCP-P
SESCP-P
UASCP-P
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Threshold
3865
250
40
20
3820
250
40
10
3820
250
40
10
Alarm
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
13 - Reset ALL DS3 PM Thresholds to Defaults
14 - Enable ALL DS3 PM Thresholds
15 - Disable ALL DS3 PM Thresholds
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-119. Near End Thresholds Menu
The Near End Thresholds menu options are shown in Table 6-92.
Table 6-92. Near End Thresholds Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
Near End Parameters (refer to
Table 6-90 on page 168 for
definitions)
These options display the “Threshold and Alarm
Menu” on page 6-176.
13
Reset ALL DS3 PM Thresholds to
Defaults
This option resets all DS3 PM thresholds to the
factory defaults.
14
Enable ALL DS3 PM Thresholds
This option enables all DS3 PM thresholds.
15
Disable ALL DS3 PM Thresholds
This option disables all DS3 PM thresholds.
1–12
61189901L1-1B
6-175
MX3112 System Manual
Threshold and Alarm Menu
The Threshold and Alarm menu (see Figure 6-120) is used to set the threshold to the desired
level and enable or disable the alarm to be issued once the threshold is exceeded. Figure 6120 is an example of the menu that is displayed for all of the DS3 near end parameters.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM->DS3 Stats->Near End Daily Thresholds->CV-L
1 - CV-L Threshold : 3865
2 - CV-L Alarm
: Disabled
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-120. Threshold and Alarm Menu
The Threshold and Alarm menu options are shown in Table 6-93.
Table 6-93. Threshold and Alarm Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Threshold
This option is used to enter the desired threshold.
2
Alarm
This option is used to enable or disable the alarm to
be issued once the threshold is exceeded.
6-176
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Far End Thresholds Menu
The Far End Thresholds menu (see Figure 6-121) is used to select the parameter then set the
threshold to the desired level and enable or disable the alarm to be issued once the threshold
is exceeded. Figure 6-121 is an example of the menu that is displayed for the Far End Daily
Thresholds menu and the Far End Quarter Hourly Thresholds menu.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM->DS3 Stats->Far End Daily Thresholds
1
2
3
4
-
CVCP-PFE
ESCP-PFE
SESCP-PFE
UASCP-PFE
:
:
:
:
Threshold
3820
250
40
10
Alarm
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
5 - Reset ALL DS3 PM Thresholds to Defaults
6 - Enable ALL DS3 PM Thresholds
7 - Disable ALL DS3 PM Thresholds
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-121. Far End Thresholds Menu
The Far End Thresholds menu options are shown in Table 6-94.
Table 6-94. Far End Thresholds Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
Far End Parameters (refer to
Table 6-91 on page 169 for
definitions)
These options display the “Threshold and Alarm
Menu” on page 6-178.
13
Reset ALL DS3 PM Thresholds to
Defaults
This option resets all DS3 PM thresholds to the
factory defaults.
14
Enable ALL DS3 PM Thresholds
This option enables all DS3 PM thresholds.
15
Disable ALL DS3 PM Thresholds
This option disables all DS3 PM thresholds.
1–12
61189901L1-1B
6-177
MX3112 System Manual
Threshold and Alarm Menu
The Threshold and Alarm menu (see Figure 6-122) is used to set the threshold to the desired
level and enable or disable the alarm to be issued once the threshold is exceeded. Figure 6120 is an example of the menu that is displayed for all of the DS3 far end parameters.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM->DS3 Stats->Far End Daily Thresholds->CVCP-PFE
1 - CVCP-PFE Threshold : 3820
2 - CVCP-PFE Alarm
: Disabled
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-122. Threshold and Alarm Menu
The Threshold and Alarm menu options are shown in Table 6-95.
Table 6-95. Threshold and Alarm Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Threshold
This option is used to enter the desired threshold.
2
Alarm
This option is used to enable or disable the alarm to
be issued once the threshold is exceeded.
6-178
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
DS1/E1 Port Stats Menu
The DS1 Port Stats menu (see Figure 6-123) allows access to DS1/E1 port statistics.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM->DS1 Port Stats
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
-
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
# 1
# 2
# 3
# 4
# 5
# 6
# 7
# 8
# 9
#10
#11
#12
[PM
[PM
[PM
[PM
[PM
[PM
[PM
[PM
[PM
[PM
[PM
[PM
Data]
Data]
Data]
Data]
Data]
Data]
Data]
Data]
Data]
Data]
Data]
Data]
13 - Reset ALL DS1 Port Current Interval PM Data
14 - Reset ALL DS1 Port PM Data
15 - Reset ALL DS1 Port Thresholds
16 - Enable ALL DS1 Port Thresholds
17 - Disable ALL DS1 Port Thresholds
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-123. DS1/E1 Port Stats Menu
The DS1/E1 Port Stats menu options are shown in Table 6-96.
Table 6-96. DS1/E1 Port Stats Menu Options
Option
Description
Field
DS1/E1 #1 - #12 [PM Data]
This option displays the “DS1/E1 # Port Stats
Menu” on page 6-180.
13
Reset ALL DS1/E1 Port Current
Interval PM Data
This option resets current interval performance
monitoring data for all DS1/E1 ports.
14
Reset ALL DS1/E1 Port PM Data
This option resets all performance monitoring data
for all DS1/E1 ports.
15
Reset ALL DS1/E1 Port Thresholds
This option resets thresholds for all DS1/E1 ports.
16
Enable ALL DS1/E1 Port
Thresholds
This option enables thresholds for all DS1/E1
ports.
17
Disable ALL DS1/E1 Port
Thresholds
This option disables thresholds for all DS1/E1
ports.
1–12
61189901L1-1B
6-179
MX3112 System Manual
DS1/E1 # Port Stats Menu
The DS1/E1 # Port Stats menu (see Figure 6-124) is used to view all performance monitoring
statistics for the selected DS1/E1 port.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM->DS1 Port Stats->DS1 #1
1 - Near End Daily
2 - Near End Quarter Hourly
3 - Near End Daily Thresholds
4 - Near End Quarter Hourly Thresholds
5 - Reset DS1 #1 Current Interval PM Data
6 - Reset DS1 #1 PM Data
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-124. DS1/E1 # Port Stats Menu
The DS1/E1 # Port Stats menu options are shown in Table 6-97.
Table 6-97. DS1/E1 # Port Stats Menu Options
Option
Description
Field
1
Near End Daily
This option displays the “Near End Daily Screen” on
page 6-181.
2
Near End Quarter Hourly
This option displays the “Near End Quarter Hourly
Menu” on page 6-182.
3
Near End Daily Thresholds
This option displays the “Near End Thresholds
Menu” on page 6-183.
4
Near End Quarter Hourly
Thresholds
This option displays the “Near End Thresholds
Menu” on page 6-183.
5
Reset DS1/E1 # Current Interval
PM Data
This option resets the current interval PM data for
the selected DS1/E1.
6
Reset DS1/E1 # PM Data
This option resets the PM data for the selected DS1/
E1.
Table 6-98 provides descriptions for the near end parameters used in the sub-level menus and
screens.
6-180
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-98. Near End Parameter Descriptions
Parameter
Definition
Description
CV-L
Code Violation - Line
This parameter indicates the number of Bipolar
Violations (BPVs) that have occurred.
ES-L
Errored Second - Line
This parameter indicates the number of seconds for
which one or more Coding Violations (CVs), or one or
more Loss of Signal (LOS) defects occurred.
SES-L
Severely Errored Second
- Line
This parameter indicates the number of seconds with
1544 or more BPVs or one or more LOS defects.
LOSS-L
Loss of Signal Second
- Line
This parameter indicates the number of seconds for
which one or more LOS defects occurred.
Near End Daily Screen
The Near End Daily screen (see Figure 6-125) provides statistics that are maintained for the
current 24-hour period and the seven previous days.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
ID:
MX3112->PM->DS1 Port Stats->DS1 #1->Near End Daily
CV-L
ES-L
SES-L
LOSS-L
:
:
:
:
Current
01/01
01/02
01/03
01/04
01/05
01/06
01/07
0
27
27
28
0
60
60
60
0
60
60
60
0
60
60
60
0
60
60
60
0
60
60
60
0
60
60
60
0
60
60
60
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-125. Near End Daily Screen
Table 6-98 on page 181 provides definitions for the parameters used on the Near End Daily
screen.
61189901L1-1B
6-181
MX3112 System Manual
Near End Quarter Hourly Menu
The Near End Quarter Hourly menu (see Figure 6-126) provides statistics that are maintained
for the current 15-minute interval and the completed 96 previous 15-minute intervals. Each
option on the Near End Quarter Hourly menu displays a 24-hour history in 15 minute
intervals (see Figure 6-127).
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
01/01/05 11:30
Site 1 MX3112
ID:
MX3112->PM->DS1 Port Stats->DS1 #1->Near End Quarter Hourly
1
2
3
4
-
CV-L
ES-L
SES-L
LOSS-L
Current
11:30
11:15
11:00
10:45
10:30
10:15
10:00
0
1
1
1
0
10
10
10
0
10
10
10
0
10
10
10
0
10
10
10
0
10
10
10
0
10
10
10
0
10
10
10
:
:
:
:
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-126. Near End Quarter Hourly Menu
Table 6-98 on page 181 provides definitions for the parameters used on the Near End Quarter
Hourly Menu menu.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
01/01/05 11:45
Site 1 MX3112
ID:
MX3112->PM->DS1 Port Stats->DS1 #1->Near End Quarter Hourly->CV-L
11:45
11:30
11:15
11:00
10:45
10:30
10:15
10:00
09:45
09:30
09:15
09:00
08:45
08:30
08:15
08:00
07:45
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
07:30
07:15
07:00
06:45
06:30
06:15
06:00
05:45
05:30
05:15
05:00
04:45
04:30
04:15
04:00
03:45
03:30
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
03:15
03:00
02:45
02:30
02:15
02:00
01:45
01:30
01:15
01:00
00:45
00:30
00:15
00:00
23:45
23:30
23:15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
23:00
22:45
22:30
22:15
22:00
21:45
21:30
21:15
21:00
20:45
20:30
20:15
20:00
19:45
19:30
19:15
19:00
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
18:45
18:30
18:15
18:00
17:45
17:30
17:15
17:00
16:45
16:30
16:15
16:00
15:45
15:30
15:15
15:00
14:45
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
14:30
14:15
14:00
13:45
13:30
13:15
13:00
12:45
12:30
12:15
12:00
11:45
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 6-127. 24-Hour History Screen
6-182
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Near End Thresholds Menu
The Near End Thresholds menu (see Figure 6-128) is used to select the parameter then set the
threshold to the desired level and enable or disable the alarm to be issued once the threshold
is exceeded. Figure 6-128 is an example of the menu that is displayed for the Near End Daily
Thresholds menu and the Near End Quarter Hourly Thresholds menu.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM->DS1 Port Stats->DS1 #1->Near End Daily Thresholds
1
2
3
4
-
CV-L
ES-L
SES-L
LOSS-L
:
:
:
:
Threshold
133400
648
100
2
Alarm
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
5 - Reset selected DS1/E1 Thresholds to Defaults
6 - Enable selected DS1/E1 Thresholds
7 - Disable selected DS1/E1 Thresholds
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-128. Near End Thresholds Menu
The Near End Thresholds menu options are shown in Table 6-99.
Table 6-99. Near End Thresholds Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
Near End Parameters (refer to
Table 6-98 on page 181 for
definitions)
These options display the “Threshold and Alarm
Menu” on page 6-184.
5
Reset selected DS1/E1 Thresholds
to Defaults
This option resets thresholds to the factory defaults
for the selected DS1/E1.
6
Enable selected DS1/E1
Thresholds
This option enables thresholds for the selected
DS1/E1.
7
Disable selected DS1/E1
Thresholds
This option disables thresholds for the selected
DS1/E1.
1–4
61189901L1-1B
6-183
MX3112 System Manual
Threshold and Alarm Menu
The Threshold and Alarm menu (see Figure 6-129) is used to set the threshold to the desired
level and enable or disable the alarm to be issued once the threshold is exceeded. Figure 6129 is an example of the menu that is displayed for the near end parameters.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM->DS1 Port Stats->DS1 #1->Near End Daily Thresholds->CV-L
1 - CV-L Threshold : 133400
2 - CV-L Alarm
: Disabled
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-129. Threshold and Alarm Menu
The Threshold and Alarm menu options are shown in Table 6-100.
Table 6-100. Threshold and Alarm Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Threshold
This option is used to enter the desired threshold.
2
Alarm
This option is used to enable or disable the alarm to
be issued once the threshold is exceeded.
6-184
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
DS1/E1 Bonding Stats Menu
The DS1/E1 Bonding Stats menu (see Figure 6-130 and Figure 6-131) allows access to the
DS1/E1 bonding statistics.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM->DS1 Bonding Stats
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
-
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
DS1
# 1
# 2
# 3
# 4
# 5
# 6
# 7
# 8
# 9
#10
#11
#12
[PM
[PM
[PM
[PM
[PM
[PM
[PM
[PM
[PM
[PM
[PM
[PM
Data]
Data]
Data]
Data]
Data]
Data]
Data]
Data]
Data]
Data]
Data]
Data]
13 - Reset ALL DS1 Bonding Current Interval PM Data
14 - Reset ALL DS1 Bonding PM Data
15 - Reset ALL DS1 Bonding Thresholds
16 - Enable ALL DS1 Bonding Thresholds
17 - Disable ALL DS1 Bonding Thresholds
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-130. DS1/E1 Bonding Stats Menu - Copper Mode
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM->DS1 Bonding Stats
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
-
Trib
Trib
Trib
Trib
Trib
Trib
Trib
Trib
Trib
Trib
Trib
Trib
#13
#14
#15
#16
#17
#18
#19
#20
#21
#22
#23
#24
Selection :
[PM
[PM
[PM
[PM
[PM
[PM
[PM
[PM
[PM
[PM
[PM
[PM
Data]
Data]
Data]
Data]
Data]
Data]
Data]
Data]
Data]
Data]
Data]
Data]
13 - Reset ALL DS1 Bonding Current Interval PM Data
14 - Reset ALL DS1 Bonding PM Data
15 - Reset ALL DS1 Bonding Thresholds
16 - Enable ALL DS1 Bonding Thresholds
17 - Disable ALL DS1 Bonding Thresholds
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-131. DS1 Bonding Stats Menu - DS3 Mode
61189901L1-1B
6-185
MX3112 System Manual
NOTE
For the List 2 Controller, the DS1 Bonding Stats menu in DS3
mode displays DS3 tributaries 25–28.
The DS1/E1 Bonding Stats menu options are shown in Table 6-101.
Table 6-101. DS1/E1 Bonding Stats Menu Options
Option
Field
Description
Copper
DS3
1–12
N/A
DS1/E1 1–12 (PM Data)
This option displays the “DS1/E1 # Bonding Stats
Menu - Copper Mode Only” on page 6-187.
N/A
1–12
Trib 13~24 (PM Data)
This option displays the “DS1 Tributary # Bonding
Stats Menu - DS3 Mode Only” on page 6-189.
13
13
Reset ALL DS1/E1 Bonding
Current Interval PM Data
This option resets all DS1/E1 bonding current
interval performance monitoring data.
14
14
Reset ALL DS1/E1 Bonding PM
Data
This option resets all DS1/E1 bonding
performance monitoring data.
15
15
Reset ALL DS1/E1 Bonding
Thresholds
This option resets all DS1/E1 bonding thresholds.
16
16
Enable ALL DS1/E1 Bonding
Thresholds
This option enables all DS1/E1 bonding
thresholds.
17
17
Disable ALL DS1/E1 Bonding
Thresholds
This option disables all DS1/E1 bonding
thresholds.
6-186
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
DS1/E1 # Bonding Stats Menu - Copper Mode Only
The DS1/E1 # Bonding Stats menu (see Figure 6-132) is used to view the performance
monitoring statistics for each DS1/E1.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM->DS1 Bonding Stats->DS1 #1
1 - Near End Daily
2 - Near End Quarter Hourly
3 - Far End Daily
4 - Far End Quarter Hourly
5 - Near End Daily Thresholds
6 - Near End Quarter Hourly Thresholds
7 - Far End Daily Thresholds
8 - Far End Quarter Hourly Thresholds
9 - Reset DS1 #1 Current Interval PM Data
10 - Reset DS1 #1 PM Data
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-132. DS1/E1 # Bonding Stats Menu - Copper Mode
The DS1/E1 # Bonding Stats menu options are shown in Table 6-102.
Table 6-102. DS1/E1 # Bonding Stats Menu Options - Copper Mode
Option
Description
Field
1
Near End Daily
This option displays the “Near End Daily Screen” on
page 6-192.
2
Near End Quarter Hourly
This option displays the “Near End Quarter Hourly
Menu” on page 6-193.
3
Far End Daily
This option displays the “Far End Daily Screen” on
page 6-194.
4
Far End Quarter Hourly
This option displays the “Far End Quarter Hourly
Menu” on page 6-195.
5
Near End Daily Thresholds
This option displays the “Near End Thresholds
Menu” on page 6-196.
6
Near End Quarter Hourly
Thresholds
This option displays the “Near End Thresholds
Menu” on page 6-196.
7
Far End Daily Thresholds
This option displays the “Far End Thresholds Menu”
on page 6-198.
61189901L1-1B
6-187
MX3112 System Manual
Table 6-102. DS1/E1 # Bonding Stats Menu Options - Copper Mode (Continued)
Option
Description
Field
8
Far End Quarter Hourly Thresholds
This option displays the “Far End Thresholds Menu”
on page 6-198.
9
Reset DS1/E1 # Current Interval
PM Data
This option resets the current interval performance
monitoring data for the selected DS1/E1.
Reset DS1/E1 # PM Data
This option resets the performance monitoring data
for the selected DS1/E1.
10
6-188
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
DS1 Tributary # Bonding Stats Menu - DS3 Mode Only
The DS1 Tributary # Bonding Stats menu (see Figure 6-133) is used to view the performance
monitoring statistics for each DS1 tributary.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM->DS1 Bonding Stats->Trib #13
1 - Near End Daily
2 - Near End Quarter Hourly
3 - Far End Daily
4 - Far End Quarter Hourly
5 - Near End Daily Thresholds
6 - Near End Quarter Hourly Thresholds
7 - Far End Daily Thresholds
8 - Far End Quarter Hourly Thresholds
9 - Reset Trib #13 Current Interval PM Data
10 - Reset Trib #13 PM Data
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-133. DS1 Tributary # Bonding Stats Menu - DS3 Mode
The DS1 Tributary # Bonding Stats menu options are shown in Table 6-103.
Table 6-103. DS1 Tributary # Bonding Stats Menu Options - DS3 Mode
Option
Description
Field
1
Near End Daily
This option displays the “Near End Daily Screen” on
page 6-192.
2
Near End Quarter Hourly
This option displays the “Near End Quarter Hourly
Menu” on page 6-193.
3
Far End Daily
This option displays the “Far End Daily Screen” on
page 6-194.
4
Far End Quarter Hourly
This option displays the “Far End Quarter Hourly
Menu” on page 6-195.
5
Near End Daily Thresholds
This option displays the “Near End Thresholds
Menu” on page 6-196.
6
Near End Quarter Hourly
Thresholds
This option displays the “Near End Thresholds
Menu” on page 6-196.
7
Far End Daily Thresholds
This option displays the “Far End Thresholds Menu”
on page 6-198.
61189901L1-1B
6-189
MX3112 System Manual
Table 6-103. DS1 Tributary # Bonding Stats Menu Options - DS3 Mode (Continued)
Option
Description
Field
8
Far End Quarter Hourly Thresholds
This option displays the “Far End Thresholds Menu”
on page 6-198.
9
Reset Trib # Current Interval PM
Data
This option resets the current interval performance
monitoring data for the selected tributary.
Reset Trib # PM Data
This option resets the performance monitoring data
for the selected tributary.
10
Table 6-104 provides descriptions for the near end parameters used in the sub-level menus
and screens. Table 6-105 provides descriptions for the far end parameters used in the sublevel menus and screens.
Table 6-104. Near End Parameter Descriptions
Parameter
Definition
Description
CV-P
Coding Violations - Path
SF Mode: This parameter indicates the number of frame
synchronization bit errors that have occurred during the
accumulation period.
ESF Mode: This parameter indicates the number of
CRC-6 errors that have occurred during the accumulation period.
ES-P
Errored Seconds - Path
SF Mode: This parameter indicates the number of
seconds containing any of the following:
• FE (Frame bit Error): This parameter indicates the
occurrence of a frame bit error in the received frame
bit pattern.
• CS (Controlled Slip) Event: This parameter indicates
the replication of deletion of the 192 payload bits of
a DS1 frame by the receiving unit.
• SEF (Severely Errored Frame) Defect: This parameter
indicates that two or more frame bit errors are
detected in a window.
• AIS (Alarm Indication Signal) Defect: This parameter
indicates the detection of an unframed signal with a
1s density of at least 99.9% for a time.
ESF Mode: This parameter indicates the number of seconds containing any of the following:
• CRC-6 (Cyclic Redundancy Check) Error: This
parameter indicates the existence of a CRC-6 code
that is not identical to the corresponding locally
calculated code.
• CS Event
• SEF Defect
• AIS Defect
6-190
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-104. Near End Parameter Descriptions (Continued)
Parameter
Definition
Description
SES-P
Severely Errored Seconds
- Path
SF Mode: This parameter indicates the number of
seconds with 8 or more FE events or one or more SEF or
AIS defects.
ESF Mode: This parameter indicates the number of seconds with 320 or more CRC-6 errors or one or more SEF
or AIS defects.
UAS-P
Unavailable Seconds
- Path
This parameter indicates the number of seconds for
which the DS1 path contains 10 contiguous SESs.
Table 6-105. Far End Parameter Descriptions
Parameter
Definition
Description
CV-PFE
Coding Violations - Path
This parameter indicates the number of far end CVs,
based on PRM bits G1-G6, that have occurred during
the accumulation period. CV-PFE counts are inhibited if
PRM bit G6 equals 1.
ES-PFE
Errored Seconds - Path
This parameter indicates the number of one-second
intervals containing a RAI signal or an 1 in any of the
following PRM bits: G1-G6, SE, or SL = 1.
SES-PFE
Severely Errored Seconds
- Path
This parameter indicates the number of one-second
intervals containing an 1 in the following PRM bits: G1
and SE.
UAS-PFE
Unavailable Seconds
- Path
This parameter indicates the number of one-second
intervals for which the DS1 path is unavailable. UASPFE accumulates at the onset of ten contiguous SESPFE and stops accumulating at the onset of ten
contiguous seconds without SES-PFE.
Note: The parameters in this table are defined for ESF mode only. The parameters are not defined for SF mode.
61189901L1-1B
6-191
MX3112 System Manual
Near End Daily Screen
The Near End Daily screen (see Figure 6-134) provides statistics that are maintained for the
current 24-hour period and the seven previous days.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
ID:
MX3112->PM->DS1 Bonding Stats->Trib #13->Near End Daily
CV-P
ES-P
SES-P
UAS-P
:
:
:
:
Current
01/01
01/02
01/03
01/04
01/05
01/06
01/07
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-134. Near End Daily Screen
Table 6-104 on page 190 provides definitions for the parameters used on the Near End Daily
screen.
6-192
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Near End Quarter Hourly Menu
The Near End Quarter Hourly menu (see Figure 6-135) provides statistics that are maintained
for the current 15-minute interval and the completed 96 previous 15-minute intervals. Each
option on the Near End Quarter Hourly menu displays a 24-hour history in 15 minute
intervals (see Figure 6-136).
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
01/01/05 13:15
Site 1 MX3112
ID:
MX3112->PM->DS1 Bonding Stats->Trib #13->Near End Quarter Hourly
1
2
3
4
-
CV-P
ES-P
SES-P
UAS-P
Current
13:15
13:00
12:45
12:30
12:15
12:00
11:45
0
0
0
707
0
0
0
899
0
0
0
900
0
0
0
900
0
0
0
899
0
0
0
900
0
0
0
899
0
0
0
900
:
:
:
:
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-135. Near End Quarter Hourly Menu
Table 6-104 on page 190 provides definitions for the parameters used on the Near End
Quarter Hourly menu.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
01/01/05 13:30
Site 1 MX3112
ID:
MX3112->PM->DS1 Bonding Stats->Trib #13->Near End Quarter Hourly->CV-P
13:30
13:15
13:00
12:45
12:30
12:15
12:00
11:45
11:30
11:15
11:00
10:45
10:30
10:15
10:00
09:45
09:30
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
09:15
09:00
08:45
08:30
08:15
08:00
07:45
07:30
07:15
07:00
06:45
06:30
06:15
06:00
05:45
05:30
05:15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
05:00
04:45
04:30
04:15
04:00
03:45
03:30
03:15
03:00
02:45
02:30
02:15
02:00
01:45
01:30
01:15
01:00
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
00:45
00:30
00:15
00:00
23:45
23:30
23:15
23:00
22:45
22:30
22:15
22:00
21:45
21:30
21:15
21:00
20:45
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20:30
20:15
20:00
19:45
19:30
19:15
19:00
18:45
18:30
18:15
18:00
17:45
17:30
17:15
17:00
16:45
16:30
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16:15
16:00
15:45
15:30
15:15
15:00
14:45
14:30
14:15
14:00
13:45
13:30
0
0
0
0
0
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Figure 6-136. 24-Hour History Screen
61189901L1-1B
6-193
MX3112 System Manual
Far End Daily Screen
The Far End Daily screen (see Figure 6-137) provides statistics that are maintained for the
current 24-hour period and the seven previous days.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
ID:
MX3112->PM->DS1 Bonding Stats->Trib #13->Far End Daily
CV-PFE
ES-PFE
SES-PFE
UAS-PFE
:
:
:
:
Current
01/01
01/02
01/03
01/04
01/05
01/06
01/07
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-137. Far End Daily Screen
Table 6-105 on page 191 provides definitions for the parameters used on the Far End Daily
screen.
6-194
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Far End Quarter Hourly Menu
The Far End Quarter Hourly menu (see Figure 6-138) provides statistics that are maintained
for the current 15-minute interval and the completed 96 previous 15-minute intervals. Each
option on the Far End Quarter Hourly menu displays a 24-hour history in 15 minute intervals
(see Figure 6-139).
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
01/01/05 13:45
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM->DS1 Bonding Stats->Trib #13->Far End Quarter Hourly
1
2
3
4
-
CV-PFE
ES-PFE
SES-PFE
UAS-PFE
Current
13:45
13:30
13:15
13:00
12:45
12:30
12:15
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
:
:
:
:
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-138. Far End Quarter Hourly Menu
Table 6-105 on page 191 provides definitions for the parameters used on the Far End Quarter
Hourly menu.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
01/01/05 14:00
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM->DS1 Bonding Stats->Trib #13->Far End Quarter Hourly->CV-PFE
14:00
13:45
13:30
13:15
13:00
12:45
12:30
12:15
12:00
11:45
11:30
11:15
11:00
10:45
10:30
10:15
10:00
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
09:45
09:30
09:15
09:00
08:45
08:30
08:15
08:00
07:45
07:30
07:15
07:00
06:45
06:30
06:15
06:00
05:45
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
05:30
05:15
05:00
04:45
04:30
04:15
04:00
03:45
03:30
03:15
03:00
02:45
02:30
02:15
02:00
01:45
01:30
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
01:15
01:00
00:45
00:30
00:15
00:00
23:45
23:30
23:15
23:00
22:45
22:30
22:15
22:00
21:45
21:30
21:15
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
21:00
20:45
20:30
20:15
20:00
19:45
19:30
19:15
19:00
18:45
18:30
18:15
18:00
17:45
17:30
17:15
17:00
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
16:45
16:30
16:15
16:00
15:45
15:30
15:15
15:00
14:45
14:30
14:15
14:00
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Figure 6-139. 24-Hour History Screen
61189901L1-1B
6-195
MX3112 System Manual
Near End Thresholds Menu
The Near End Thresholds menu (see Figure 6-140) is used to select the parameter then set the
threshold to the desired level and enable or disable the alarm to be issued once the threshold
is exceeded. Figure 6-140 is an example of the menu that is displayed for the Near End Daily
Thresholds menu and the Near End Quarter Hourly Thresholds menu.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM->DS1 Bonding Stats->Trib #13->Near End Daily Thresholds
1
2
3
4
-
CV-P
ES-P
SES-P
UAS-P
:
:
:
:
Threshold
132960
648
100
10
Alarm
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
5 - Reset selected Trib Thresholds to Defaults
6 - Enable selected Trib Thresholds
7 - Disable selected Trib Thresholds
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-140. Near End Thresholds Menu
The Near End Thresholds menu options are shown in Table 6-106.
Table 6-106. Near End Thresholds Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
Near End Parameters (refer to
Table 6-104 on page 190 for
definitions)
These options display the “Threshold and Alarm
Menu” on page 6-197.
5
Reset selected Trib Thresholds to
Defaults
This option resets thresholds to the factory defaults
for the selected tributary.
6
Enable selected Trib Thresholds
This option enables thresholds for the selected
tributary.
7
Disable selected Trib Thresholds
This option disables thresholds for the selected
tributary.
1–4
6-196
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Threshold and Alarm Menu
The Threshold and Alarm menu (see Figure 6-141) is used to set the threshold to the desired
level and enable or disable the alarm to be issued once the threshold is exceeded. Figure 6141 is an example of the menu that is displayed for all of the DS1 tributary near end
parameters.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM->DS1 Bonding Stats->Trib #13->Near End Daily Thresholds->CV-P
1 - CV-P Threshold : 132960
2 - CV-P Alarm
: Disabled
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-141. Threshold and Alarm Menu
The Threshold and Alarm menu options are shown in Table 6-107.
Table 6-107. Threshold and Alarm Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Threshold
This option is used to enter the desired threshold.
2
Alarm
This option is used to enable or disable the alarm to
be issued once the threshold is exceeded.
61189901L1-1B
6-197
MX3112 System Manual
Far End Thresholds Menu
The Far End Thresholds menu (see Figure 6-142) is used to select the parameter then set the
threshold to the desired level and enable or disable the alarm to be issued once the threshold
is exceeded. Figure 6-142 is an example of the menu that is displayed for the Far End Daily
Thresholds menu and the Far End Quarter Hourly Thresholds menu.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM->DS1 Bonding Stats->Trib #13->Far End Daily Thresholds
1
2
3
4
-
CV-PFE
ES-PFE
SES-PFE
UAS-PFE
:
:
:
:
Threshold
132960
648
100
10
Alarm
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
5 - Reset selected Trib Thresholds to Defaults
6 - Enable selected Trib Thresholds
7 - Disable selected Trib Thresholds
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-142. Far End Thresholds Menu
The Far End Thresholds menu options are shown in Table 6-108.
Table 6-108. Far End Thresholds Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
Far End Parameters (refer to
Table 6-105 on page 191 for
definitions)
These options display the “Threshold and Alarm
Menu” on page 6-199.
5
Reset selected Trib Thresholds to
Defaults
This option resets thresholds to the factory defaults
for the selected tributary.
6
Enable selected Trib Thresholds
This option enables thresholds for the selected
tributary.
7
Disable selected Trib Thresholds
This option disables thresholds for the selected
tributary.
1–4
6-198
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Threshold and Alarm Menu
The Threshold and Alarm menu (see Figure 6-143) is used to set the threshold to the desired
level and enable or disable the alarm to be issued once the threshold is exceeded. Figure 6143 is an example of the menu that is displayed for all of the DS1 tributary far end
parameters.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM->DS1 Bonding Stats->Trib #13->Far End Daily Thresholds->CV-PFE
1 - CV-PFE Threshold : 132960
2 - CV-PFE Alarm
: Disabled
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-143. Threshold and Alarm Menu
The Threshold and Alarm menu options are shown in Table 6-109.
Table 6-109. Threshold and Alarm Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Threshold
This option is used to enter the desired threshold.
2
Alarm
This option is used to enable or disable the alarm to
be issued once the threshold is exceeded.
61189901L1-1B
6-199
MX3112 System Manual
Bonding Group Stats Menu
The Bonding Group Stats menu (see Figure 6-144) is used to access performance monitoring
statistics for all bonding groups.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM->Bonding Group Stats
1
2
3
4
-
Bonding
Bonding
Bonding
Bonding
Group
Group
Group
Group
1
2
3
4
5 - Reset ALL Bonding Group Current Interval PM Data
6 - Reset ALL Bonding Group PM Data
7 - Reset ALL Bonding Group Thresholds
8 - Enable ALL Bonding Group Thresholds
9 - Disable ALL Bonding Group Thresholds
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-144. Bonding Group Stats Menu
The Bonding Group Stats menu options are shown in Table 6-110.
Table 6-110. Bonding Group Stats Menu Options
Option
Description
Field
Bonding Group 1–4
This option displays the “Bonding Group # Stats
Menu” on page 6-201.
5
Reset ALL Bonding Group Current
Interval PM Data
This option resets current interval performance
monitoring data for all bonding groups.
6
Reset ALL Bonding Group PM Data
This option resets performance monitoring data for
all bonding groups.
7
Reset ALL Bonding Group
Thresholds
This option resets thresholds for all bonding groups.
8
Enable ALL Bonding Group
Thresholds
This option enables thresholds for all bonding
groups.
9
Disable ALL Bonding Group
Thresholds
This option disables thresholds for all bonding
groups.
1–4
6-200
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Bonding Group # Stats Menu
The Bonding # Group Stats menu (see Figure 6-145) is used to view statistics for each bonding
group.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM->Bonding Group Stats->Group #1
1 - Daily Performance
2 - Quarter Hourly Performance
3 - Daily Thresholds
4 - Quarter Hourly Thresholds
5 - Reset Bonding Group #1 Current Interval PM Data
6 - Reset Bonding Group #1 PM Data
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-145. Bonding Group # Stats Menu
The Bonding Group # Stats menu options are shown in Table 6-111.
Table 6-111. Bonding Group # Stats Menu Options
Option
Description
Field
1
Daily Performance
This option displays the “Daily Performance Screen”
on page 6-202.
2
Quarter Hourly Performance
This option displays the “Quarter Hourly
Performance Menu” on page 6-203.
3
Daily Thresholds
This option displays the “Thresholds Menu” on
page 6-204.
4
Quarter Hourly Thresholds
This option displays the “Thresholds Menu” on
page 6-204.
5
Reset Bonding Group # Current
Interval PM Data
This option resets current interval performance
monitoring data for the selected bonding group.
6
Reset Bonding Group # PM Data
This option resets performance monitoring data for
the selected bonding group.
Table 6-112 provides descriptions for the bonding group parameters used in the sub-level
menus and screens.
61189901L1-1B
6-201
MX3112 System Manual
Table 6-112. Bonding Group Parameter Descriptions
Parameter
Description
Rx Frames
Indicates the total number of frames received in a bonding group.
Rx Bytes
Indicates the total number of bytes received in a bonding group.
Rx Errored Events
Indicates the total number of errored events in a bonding group
(including bad sequence IDs, lost fragments, and lost frame starts and
ends).
Tx Frames
Indicates the total number of frames transmitted in a bonding group.
Tx Bytes
Indicates the total number of bytes transmitted in a bonding group.
Daily Performance Screen
The Daily Performance screen (see Figure 6-146) provides statistics that are maintained for
the current 24-hour period and the seven previous days.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
ID:
MX3112->PM->Bonding Group Stats->Group #1->Daily
Rx
Rx
Rx
Tx
Tx
Frames
:
Bytes
:
Errored Events :
Frames
:
Bytes
:
Current
01/01
01/02
01/03
01/04
01/05
01/06
01/07
0
0
0
0
0
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-146. Daily Performance Screen
Table 6-112 on page 202 provides definitions for the parameters used on the Daily Performance screen.
6-202
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Quarter Hourly Performance Menu
The Quarter Hourly Performance menu (see Figure 6-147) provides statistics that are
maintained for the current 15-minute interval and the completed 96 previous 15-minute
intervals. Each option on the Quarter Hourly Performance menu displays a 24-hour history in
15 minute intervals (see Figure 6-148).
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
01/01/05 14:15
Site 1 MX3112
ID:
MX3112->PM->Bonding Group Stats->Group #1->Quarter Hourly
1
2
3
4
5
-
Rx
Rx
Rx
Tx
Tx
Current
14:15
14:00
13:45
13:30
13:15
13:00
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Frames
:
Bytes
:
Errored Events :
Frames
:
Bytes
:
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-147. Quarter Hourly Performance Menu
Table 6-112 on page 202 provides definitions for the parameters used on Quarter Hourly
Performance menu.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
01/01/05 14:30
Site 1 MX3112
ID:
MX3112->PM->Bonding Group Stats->Group #1->Quarter Hourly->Rx Frames
14:30
14:15
14:00
13:45
13:30
13:15
13:00
12:45
12:30
12:15
12:00
11:45
11:30
11:15
11:00
10:45
10:30
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10:15
10:00
09:45
09:30
09:15
09:00
08:45
08:30
08:15
08:00
07:45
07:30
07:15
07:00
06:45
06:30
06:15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
06:00
05:45
05:30
05:15
05:00
04:45
04:30
04:15
04:00
03:45
03:30
03:15
03:00
02:45
02:30
02:15
02:00
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
01:45
01:30
01:15
01:00
00:45
00:30
00:15
00:00
23:45
23:30
23:15
23:00
22:45
22:30
22:15
22:00
21:45
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
21:30
21:15
21:00
20:45
20:30
20:15
20:00
19:45
19:30
19:15
19:00
18:45
18:30
18:15
18:00
17:45
17:30
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
17:15
17:00
16:45
16:30
16:15
16:00
15:45
15:30
15:15
15:00
14:45
14:30
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
n/a
n/a
n/a
Figure 6-148. 24-Hour History Screen
61189901L1-1B
6-203
MX3112 System Manual
Thresholds Menu
The Thresholds menu (see Figure 6-149) is used to select the parameter then set the threshold
to the desired level and enable or disable the alarm to be issued once the threshold is
exceeded. Figure 6-149 is an example of the menu that is displayed for the Daily Thresholds
menu and the Quarter Hourly Thresholds menu.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM->Bonding Group Stats->Group #1->Daily Thrs
1
2
3
4
5
-
Rx
Rx
Rx
Tx
Tx
Frames
Bytes
Error Events
Frames
Bytes
:
:
:
:
:
Threshold
268435455
268435455
500
268435455
268435455
Alarm
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
6 - Reset ALL Bonding Group Thresholds
7 - Enable ALL Bonding Group Thresholds
8 - Disable ALL Bonding Group Thresholds
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-149. Thresholds Menu
The Thresholds menu options are shown in Table 6-113.
Table 6-113. Thresholds Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
Bonding Group Parameters (refer to
Table 6-112 on page 202 for
definitions)
These options display the “Threshold and Alarm
Menu” on page 6-205.
6
Reset ALL Bonding Group
Thresholds to Defaults
This option resets all bonding group thresholds to
the factory defaults.
7
Enable ALL Bonding Group
Thresholds
This option enables all bonding group thresholds.
8
Disable ALL Bonding Group
Thresholds
This option disables all bonding group thresholds.
1–5
6-204
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Threshold and Alarm Menu
The Threshold and Alarm menu (see Figure 6-150) is used to set the threshold to the desired
level and enable or disable the alarm to be issued once the threshold is exceeded. Figure 6150 is an example of the menu that is displayed for all of the bonding group parameters.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM->Bonding Group Stats->Group #1->Daily Thrs->Rx Frames
1 - Rx Frames Threshold : 268435455
2 - Rx Frames Alarm
: Disabled
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-150. Threshold and Alarm Menu
The Threshold and Alarm menu options are shown in Table 6-114.
Table 6-114. Threshold and Alarm Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Threshold
This option is used to enter the desired threshold.
2
Alarm
This option is used to enable or disable the alarm to
be issued once the threshold is exceeded.
61189901L1-1B
6-205
MX3112 System Manual
Ethernet Stats Menu
The Ethernet Stats menu (see Figure 6-151) is used to view access the performance
monitoring statistics for each Ethernet client port.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM->Ethernet Stats
1
2
3
4
-
Ethernet
Ethernet
Ethernet
Ethernet
Port
Port
Port
Port
1
2
3
4
5 - Reset ALL Ethernet Client Current Interval PM Data
6 - Reset ALL Ethernet Client PM Data
7 - Reset ALL Ethernet Client Thresholds
8 - Enable ALL Ethernet Client Thresholds
9 - Disable ALL Ethernet Client Thresholds
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-151. Ethernet Stats Menu
The Ethernet Stats menu options are shown in Table 6-115.
Table 6-115. Ethernet Stats Menu Options
Option
Description
Field
Ethernet Port 1–4
This option displays the “Ethernet Port # Stats
Menu” on page 6-207.
5
Reset ALL Ethernet Client Current
Interval PM Data
This option resets current interval performance
monitoring data for all Ethernet client ports.
6
Reset ALL Ethernet Client PM Data
This option resets performance monitoring data for
all Ethernet client ports.
7
Reset ALL Ethernet Client
Thresholds
This option resets thresholds for all Ethernet client
ports.
8
Enable ALL Ethernet Client
Thresholds
This option enables thresholds for all Ethernet
client ports.
9
Disable ALL Ethernet Client
Thresholds
This option disables thresholds for all Ethernet
client ports.
1–4
6-206
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Ethernet Port # Stats Menu
The Ethernet Port # Stats menu (see Figure 6-152) is used to view the performance monitoring
statistics and set thresholds for each Ethernet client port.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM->Ethernet Stats->Port #1
1 - Daily Performance
2 - Quarter Hourly Performance
3 - Daily Thresholds
4 - Quarter Hourly Thresholds
5 - Reset Ethernet Port #1 Current Interval PM Data
6 - Reset Ethernet Port #1 PM Data
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-152. Ethernet Port # Stats Menu
The Ethernet Port # Stats menu options are shown in Table 6-116.
Table 6-116. Ethernet Port # Stats Menu Options
Option
Description
Field
1
Daily Performance
This option displays the “Daily Performance Menu”
on page 6-209.
2
Quarter Hourly Performance
This option displays the “Quarter Hourly
Performance Menu” on page 6-210.
3
Daily Thresholds
This option displays the “Thresholds Menu” on
page 6-211.
4
Quarter Hourly Thresholds
This option displays the “Thresholds Menu” on
page 6-211.
5
Reset Ethernet Port # Current
Interval PM Data
This option resets current interval performance
monitoring data for the selected Ethernet client
port.
6
Reset Ethernet Port # PM Data
This option resets performance monitoring data for
the selected Ethernet client port.
61189901L1-1B
6-207
MX3112 System Manual
Table 6-117 provides descriptions for the Ethernet parameters used in the sub-level menus
and screens.
Table 6-117. Ethernet Parameter Descriptions
Parameter
Description
Rx Packets
Indicates the total number of packets (including bad packets) received.
Rx Octets
Indicates the total number of octets of data (including those in bad
packets) received (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets).
Rx CRC & Align Errors
Indicates the total number of packets received that have a length
(excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) of between 64 and
1664 octets, inclusive, but had either a bad Frame Check Sequence
(FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS error) or a bad FCS with a
non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error).
Rx Undersize Packets
Indicates the total number of packets received that were less than 64
octets long (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) and were
otherwise well formed.
Rx Oversize Packets
Indicates the total number of packets received that were longer than
1664 octets (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) and were
otherwise well formed.
Rx Collisions
Indicates the total number of collisions detected on this interface.
Tx Packets
Indicates the total number of packets transmitted.
Tx Octets
Indicates the total number of octets transmitted.
6-208
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Daily Performance Menu
The Daily Performance menu (see Figure 6-153) provides statistics that are maintained for the
current 24-hour period and the seven previous days. Each option on the Daily Performance
menu displays a detailed view of the daily statistics for the selected parameter as shown in
Figure 6-154.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
ID:
MX3112->PM->Ethernet Stats->Port #1->Daily
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
-
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Tx
Tx
Packets
Octets
CRC & Align Errors
Undersize Packets
Oversize Packets
Collisions
Packets
Octets
Current
12/31
12/30
12/29
12/28
12/27
12/26
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-153. Daily Performance Menu
Table 6-117 on page 208 provides definitions for the parameters used on the Daily Performance menu.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM->Ethernet Stats->Port #1->Daily->Detailed
Rx Packets
Current
12/31
12/30
12/29
12/28
12/27
12/26
12/25
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
0
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-154. Detailed Daily Performance Screen
61189901L1-1B
6-209
MX3112 System Manual
Quarter Hourly Performance Menu
The Quarter Hourly Performance menu (see Figure 6-155) provides statistics that are
maintained for the current 15-minute interval and the completed 96 previous 15-minute
intervals. Each option on the Quarter Hourly Performance menu displays a 24-hour history in
15 minute intervals (see Figure 6-156).
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
01/01/05 16:15
Site 1 MX3112
ID:
MX3112->PM->Ethernet Stats->Port #1->Quarter Hourly
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
-
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Tx
Tx
Packets
Octets
CRC & Align Errors
Undersize Packets
Oversize Packets
Collisions
Packets
Octets
Current
16:00
15:45
15:30
15:15
15:00
14:45
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-155. Quarter Hourly Performance Menu
Table 6-117 on page 208 provides definitions for the parameters used on the Quarter Hourly
Performance menu.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
01/01/05 15:00
Site 1 MX3112
ID:
MX3112->PM->Ethernet Stats->Port #1->Quarter Hourly->Rx Octets
15:00
14:45
14:30
14:15
14:00
13:45
13:30
13:15
13:00
12:45
12:30
12:15
12:00
11:45
11:30
11:15
11:00
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10:45
10:30
10:15
10:00
09:45
09:30
09:15
09:00
08:45
08:30
08:15
08:00
07:45
07:30
07:15
07:00
06:45
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
06:30
06:15
06:00
05:45
05:30
05:15
05:00
04:45
04:30
04:15
04:00
03:45
03:30
03:15
03:00
02:45
02:30
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
02:15
02:00
01:45
01:30
01:15
01:00
00:45
00:30
00:15
00:00
23:45
23:30
23:15
23:00
22:45
22:30
22:15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
22:00
21:45
21:30
21:15
21:00
20:45
20:30
20:15
20:00
19:45
19:30
19:15
19:00
18:45
18:30
18:15
18:00
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
17:45
17:30
17:15
17:00
16:45
16:30
16:15
16:00
15:45
15:30
15:15
15:00
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
n/a
Figure 6-156. 24-Hour History Screen
6-210
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Thresholds Menu
The Thresholds menu (see Figure 6-157) is used to select the parameter then set the threshold
to the desired level and enable or disable the alarm to be issued once the threshold is
exceeded. Figure 6-157 is an example of the menu that is displayed for the Daily Thresholds
menu and the Quarter Hourly Thresholds menu.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM->Ethernet Stats->Port #1->Daily Thrs
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
-
Rx Packets
Rx Octets
CRC & Align Errors
Undersize Packets
Oversize Packets
Collisions
Tx Packets
Tx Octets
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Threshold
268435455
268435455
500
268435455
268435455
268435455
268435455
268435455
Alarm
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
9 - Reset Thresholds to Defaults for selected Port
10 - Enable Thresholds for selected Port
11 - Disable Thresholds for selected Port
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-157. Thresholds Menu
The Thresholds menu options are shown in Table 6-118.
Table 6-118. Thresholds Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
Ethernet Parameters (refer to
Table 6-117 on page 208 for
definitions)
These options display the “Threshold and Alarm
Menu” on page 6-212.
6
Reset Thresholds to Defaults for
selected Port
This option resets thresholds to the factory defaults
for the selected port.
7
Enable Thresholds for selected Port
This option enables thresholds for the selected port.
8
Disable Thresholds for selected Port
This option disables thresholds for the selected
port.
1–7
61189901L1-1B
6-211
MX3112 System Manual
Threshold and Alarm Menu
The Threshold and Alarm menu (see Figure 6-158) is used to set the threshold to the desired
level and enable or disable the alarm to be issued once the threshold is exceeded. Figure 6158 is an example of the menu that is displayed for all of the Ethernet parameters.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->PM->Ethernet Stats->Port #1->Daily Thrs->Rx Octets
1 - Rx Octets Threshold : 10
2 - Rx Octets Alarm
: Disabled
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-158. Threshold and Alarm Menu
The Threshold and Alarm menu options are shown in Table 6-119.
Table 6-119. Threshold and Alarm Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Threshold
This option is used to enter the desired threshold.
2
Alarm
This option is used to enable or disable the alarm to
be issued once the threshold is exceeded.
6-212
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
System Alarms Menu
The System Alarms menu (see Figure 6-159) provides options for viewing all alarms affecting
MX3112 system operations. View all alarms within the Master Log screen. The Environmental
Alarms menu contains user-provisionable options. The Alarm Chronology menu offers the
viewing of alarms in either ascending or descending order.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->System Alarms
1 - Master Log
2 - Controller A
Controller B
4 - User-Definable Alarms
5 - Alarm Chronology : Ascending
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-159. System Alarms Menu
The System Alarms menu options are shown in Table 6-120.
Table 6-120. System Alarms Menu Options
Option
Description
Field
1
Master Log
This option displays the “Master Alarms Log Screen”
on page 6-214.
2
Controller A
This option displays the “Controller Alarms Log
Screen” on page 6-216.
Controller B
This option displays the “Controller Alarms Log
Screen” on page 6-216 when Controller B is
installed.
4
User-Definable Alarms
This option displays the “User-Definable Alarms
Menu” on page 6-218.
5
Alarm Chronology : Ascending
This option is used to select the alarm chronology.
Options are as follows:
• Ascending
• Descending
61189901L1-1B
6-213
MX3112 System Manual
Master Alarms Log Screen
The Master Alarms Log screen (see Figure 6-160) is used to review and acknowledge all system
alarms.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
Alarm Log - Master Alarms
Alarms
1 to
ID:
13 of
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
13 Page
1 of
1
Date
Time
Pos Type
Port
Level
Description
Status
07/08/05 16:46:58 CA Controller ENV
Major
PWR B FAIL
*Active
07/08/05 16:47:03 CA Controller DS1 PORT #1 Major
DS1 LOS
*Active
07/08/05 16:47:03 CA Controller DS1 PORT #2 Major
DS1 LOS
*Active
07/08/05 16:47:03 CA Controller DS1 PORT #3 Major
DS1 LOS
*Active
07/08/05 16:47:03 CA Controller DS1 PORT #4 Major
DS1 LOS
*Active
07/08/05 16:47:03 CA Controller DS1 PORT #5 Major
DS1 LOS
*Active
07/08/05 16:47:03 CA Controller DS1 PORT #6 Major
DS1 LOS
*Active
07/08/05 16:47:03 CA Controller DS1 PORT #7 Major
DS1 LOS
*Active
07/08/05 16:47:03 CA Controller DS1 PORT #8 Major
DS1 LOS
*Active
07/08/05 16:47:03 CA Controller DS1 PORT #9 Major
DS1 LOS
*Active
07/08/05 16:47:03 CA Controller DS1 PORT #10 Major
DS1 LOS
*Active
07/08/05 16:47:03 CA Controller DS1 PORT #11 Major
DS1 LOS
*Active
07/08/05 16:47:03 CA Controller DS1 PORT #12 Major
DS1 LOS
*Active
---------------------------->>> END OF ALARM LOG <<<----------------------------
Inverse = Active
* = Unacknowledged
Chronology = Ascending
(N)ext (P)rev (F)irst (L)ast (C)lear (A)cknowledge (S)elect Log
Figure 6-160. Master Alarms Log Screen
The Master Alarms Log screen fields are shown in Table 6-121.
Table 6-121. Master Alarms Log Screen Fields
Field
Description
Date
This field displays the date that the alarm was initiated.
Time
This field displays the time that the alarm was initiated.
Pos
This field displays the position (source) of the alarm. Possible sources
are as follows:
• CA = Controller A
• CB = Controller B
• MA = Module A
• MB = Module B
Type
This field displays the type of the card that originates the alarm.
Possible types are as follows:
• Controller
• Module
Port
6-214
This field displays the port/interface associated with the alarm.
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-121. Master Alarms Log Screen Fields (Continued)
Field
Description
Level
This field displays the severity level of the alarm. Possible states are as
follows:
• Info
• Alert
• Minor
• Major
• Critical
Description
This field displays a brief description of the alarm.
Status
This field displays the status of the alarm. Possible states are as
follows:
• Active
• Clear
• Event
An asterik (*) is displayed beside the status if the alarm is
unacknowledged.
The Master Alarms Log screen hot keys are shown in Table 6-122.
Table 6-122. Master Alarms Log Screen Hot Keys
Hot Keys
Description
Function
N
Next
This hot key displays the next page of alarms.
P
Previous
This hot key displays the previous page of alarms.
F
First
This hot key displays the first page of alarms.
L
Last
This hot key displays the last page of alarms.
C
Clear
This hot key clears all acknowledged alarms.
A
Acknowledge
This hot key acknowledges all alarms.
S
Select Log
This hot key provides access a specific alarm log.
Options are as follows:
• M = Master
• C = Controller
61189901L1-1B
6-215
MX3112 System Manual
Controller Alarms Log Screen
The Controller Alarms Log screen (see Figure 6-161) is used to review and acknowledge
controller card alarms.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
Alarm Log - Controller Alarms
Alarms
1 to
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
ID:
14 of
21 Page
1 of
Date
Time
Pos Type
Port
Level
Description
Status
07/08/05 16:46:58 CA Controller ENV
Major
PWR B FAIL
*Active
07/08/05 16:47:03 CA Controller DS1 PORT #1 Major
DS1 LOS
*Active
07/08/05 16:47:03 CA Controller DS1 PORT #2 Major
DS1 LOS
*Active
07/08/05 16:47:03 CA Controller DS1 PORT #3 Major
DS1 LOS
*Active
07/08/05 16:47:03 CA Controller DS1 PORT #4 Major
DS1 LOS
*Active
07/08/05 16:47:03 CA Controller DS1 PORT #5 Major
DS1 LOS
*Active
07/08/05 16:47:03 CA Controller DS1 PORT #6 Major
DS1 LOS
*Active
07/08/05 16:47:03 CA Controller DS1 PORT #7 Major
DS1 LOS
*Active
07/08/05 16:47:03 CA Controller DS1 PORT #8 Major
DS1 LOS
*Active
07/08/05 16:47:03 CA Controller DS1 PORT #9 Major
DS1 LOS
*Active
07/08/05 16:47:03 CA Controller DS1 PORT #10 Major
DS1 LOS
*Active
07/08/05 16:47:03 CA Controller DS1 PORT #11 Major
DS1 LOS
*Active
07/08/05 16:47:03 CA Controller DS1 PORT #12 Major
DS1 LOS
*Active
---------------------------->>> END OF ALARM LOG <<<----------------------------
Inverse = Active
* = Unacknowledged
Chronology = Ascending
(N)ext (P)rev (F)irst (L)ast (C)lear (A)cknowledge (S)elect Log
Figure 6-161. Controller Alarms Log Screen
The Controller Alarms Log screen fields are shown in Table 6-123.
Table 6-123. Controller Alarms Log Screen Fields
Field
Description
Date
This field displays the date that the alarm was initiated.
Time
This field displays the time that the alarm was initiated.
Pos
This field displays the position (source) of the alarm. Possible sources
are as follows:
• CA = Controller A
• CB = Controller B
• MA = Module A
• MB = Module B
Type
This field displays the type of the card that originates the alarm.
Possible types are as follows:
• Controller
• Module
Port
6-216
This field displays the port/interface associated with the alarm.
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-123. Controller Alarms Log Screen Fields (Continued)
Field
Description
Level
This field displays the severity level of the alarm. Possible states are as
follows:
• Info
• Alert
• Minor
• Major
• Critical
Description
This field displays a brief description of the alarm.
Status
This field displays the status of the alarm. Possible states are as
follows:
• Active
• Clear
• Event
An asterik (*) is displayed beside the status if the alarm is
unacknowledged.
The Controller Alarms Log screen hot keys are shown in Table 6-124.
Table 6-124. Controller Alarms Log Screen Hot Keys
Hot Keys
Description
Function
N
Next
This hot key displays the next page of alarms.
P
Previous
This hot key displays the previous page of alarms.
F
First
This hot key displays the first page of alarms.
L
Last
This hot key displays the last page of alarms.
C
Clear
This hot key clears all acknowledged alarms.
A
Acknowledge
This hot key acknowledges all alarms.
S
Select Log
This hot key provides access a specific alarm log.
Options are as follows:
• M = Master
• C = Controller
61189901L1-1B
6-217
MX3112 System Manual
User-Definable Alarms Menu
The User-Definable Alarms menu (see Figure 6-162) allows access to environmental and
stand-by controller alarms.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->System Alarms->User-Definable Alarms
1 - Environmental Alarms
2 - Stand-by Controller Removed Level
Selection :
: Minor
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-162. User-Definable Alarms Menu
The User-Definable Alarms menu options are shown in Table 6-125.
Table 6-125. User-Definable Alarms Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Environmental Alarms
This option displays the “Environmental Alarms
Menu” on page 6-219.
2
Stand-by Controller Removed Level
This option displays the severity of the alarm generated if the stand-by controller card is removed.
Options are as follows:
• Disabled: Alarm is suppressed.
• Info
• Alert
• Minor
• Major
• Critical
6-218
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Environmental Alarms Menu
The Environmental Alarms menu (see Figure 6-163) provides access to the auxiliary input and
power feed alarms.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->System Alarms->User-Definable Alarms->Environmental Alarms
1
2
3
4
5
6
-
Source
Aux #1 Input
Aux #2 Input
Aux #3 Input
Aux #4 Input
PWR Bus A Input
PWR Bus B Input
Description
AUX #1 INPUT
AUX #2 INPUT
AUX #3 INPUT
AUX #4 INPUT
PWR A FAIL
PWR B FAIL
Selection :
Level
Major
Major
Major
Major
Major
Major
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-163. Environmental Alarms Menu
The Environmental Alarms menu options are shown in Table 6-126.
Table 6-126. Environmental Alarms Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1–4
Aux 1–4 Input
This option displays the “Auxiliary Input Menu” on
page 6-220.
5–6
PWR Bus A–B Input
This option displays the “Power Menu” on page 6221.
61189901L1-1B
6-219
MX3112 System Manual
Auxiliary Input Menu
The Auxiliary Input menu (see Figure 6-164) is used to input the description of the selected
auxiliary input and set the alarm severity level.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->System Alarms->User-Definable Alarms->Environmental Alarms->Aux
1 - AUX #1 Input Description : AUX #1 INPUT
2 - AUX #1 Input Level
: Major
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-164. Auxiliary Input Menu
The Auxiliary Input menu options are shown in Table 6-127.
Table 6-127. Auxiliary Input Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
AUX Input Description
This option is used to enter a 16-character,
auxiliary input description.
2
AUX Input Level
This option is used to set the alarm severity level of
the selected auxiliary input. Options are as follows:
• Disabled: Alarm is suppressed.
• Info
• Alert
• Minor
• Major
• Critical
• ACO. The input serves as an ACO input.
6-220
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Power Menu
The Power menu (see Figure 6-165) is used to set the alarm severity level for the selected
power bus input.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->System Alarms->User-Definable Alarms->Environmental Alarms->Power
1 - PWR A FAIL Level
: Major
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-165. Power Menu
The Power menu options are shown in Table 6-128.
Table 6-128. Power Menu Options
Option
1
Description
Function
PWR FAIL Level
This option is used to set the alarm severity level of
the selected power bus input. Options are as
follows:
• Disabled. Alarm is suppressed.
• Info
• Alert
• Minor
• Major
• Critical
61189901L1-1B
6-221
MX3112 System Manual
Remote Management Menu (DS1 Mode Only)
The Remote Management menu (Figure 6-166) provides menu access to a remote (RT)
MX3112 system from a local system. The Remote Management menu is available on an
MX3112 system that is operating in COT mode. If connected to one or more remote MX3112
systems at the far end of one or more bonding groups, the Remote Management menu lists the
remote systems by their system ID as shown in Figure 6-166.
The Remote Management menu traffic between the COT and the RT systems is carried by one
of the bonding groups as in-band traffic. The COT and RT systems communicate with each
other to designate one of the bonding groups to carry this management traffic. This communication is performed via a proprietary messaging system over DS1 FDL channels. The bonding
group used for carrying this menu traffic is automatically selected according to the available
bandwidth compared with other bonding groups. The menu traffic can automatically shift to
another bonding group in the event of bandwidth impairments.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Remote Menu Access
1 - MX3112 REMOTE
[Critical]
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-166. Remote Management Menu
The Remote Management menu options are shown in Table 6-129.
Table 6-129. Remote Management Menu Options
Option
1
6-222
Description
Function
MX3112 REMOTE
This option gives access to the log-on screen for the
remote MX3112 system. All screens are the same as
the screens for the local MX3112 system.
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Firmware Upgrade Menu
The Firmware Upgrade menu (Figure 6-167) provides access to upgrade the firmware for both
controllers and both expansion modules. For additional information on firmware upgrades,
refer to “Firmware Upgrade Procedures” on page 7-2.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Firmware Upgrade
C
MX3112........ - A [D01]
.............. - B []
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-167. Firmware Upgrade Menu
The Firmware Upgrade menu options are shown in Table 6-130.
Table 6-130. Firmware Upgrade Menu Options
Option
C
Description
Function
MX3112
This option displays the “Method Menu” on page 6224.
61189901L1-1B
6-223
MX3112 System Manual
Method Menu
The Method menu (Figure 6-168) provides options for upgrading the MX3112 firmware.
CAUTION
Resetting this card disrupts traffic and causes a switch to the
standby card if it is installed.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Firmware Upgrade->Method
1 - Y-Modem
2 - TFTP
3 - Reset Active Controller (A)
Controller A status: Ready for transfer
Controller B status: Not available
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-168. Method Menu
The Method menu options are shown in Table 6-131.
Table 6-131. Method Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Y-Modem
This option is used to transfer the new application
software to the unit via YModem.
2
TFTP
This option displays the “TFTP Update Menu” on
page 6-225.
3
Reset Active Controller
This option resets the active controller card. Resetting the active controller card switches operation to
the standby card. In a redundant system, the
standby card updates and automatically resets.
The Method menu fields are shown in Table 6-132.
6-224
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-132. Method Menu Fields
Field
Description
Controller A - B status
This field displays the progress of the TFTP download for the controller.
Progress messages are as follows:
• Ready for transfer
• Not available
• Transfer in progress
TFTP Update Menu
The TFTP Update menu (Figure 6-169) is used to download code stored from a computer to the
MX3112 through a TFTP server.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Firmware Upgrade->Method->TFTP Update
1 - TFTP Server
: 172.22.146.57
2 - Remote Filename : mx3112/softwareD01.bin
3 - Initiate Transfer
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-169. TFTP Update Menu
The TFTP Update menu options are shown in Table 6-133.
Table 6-133. TFTP Update Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
TFTP Server
This option is used to enter the IP address of the
TFTP server hosting the application software file.
2
Remote Filename
This option is used to enter the path and filename of
the application software file on the TFTP server.
3
Initiate Transfer
This option displays the “TFTP Update Status
Screen” on page 6-226.
61189901L1-1B
6-225
MX3112 System Manual
TFTP Update Status Screen
The TFTP Update Status screen (Figure 6-170) displays the status of the TFTP connection.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Firmware Upgrade->Method->TFTP Update->Status
TFTP Server
Remote Filename
TFTP Status
: 172.22.146.57
: mx3112/ao1.bin
: Contacting Server -
Controller A status: Transfer in progress
Controller B status: Not available
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 6-170. TFTP Update Status Screen
The TFTP Update Status screen options are shown in Table 6-134.
Table 6-134. TFTP Update Status Screen Options
Field
Description
TFTP Server
This field displays the IP address of the TFTP server. The TFTP IP
address must be configured prior to attempting a TFTP download.
Remote Filename
This field displays the TFTP filename that is used to upgrade the
controller.
TFTP Status
This field displays the progress of the TFTP download. Table 6-135
describes the TFTP download progress messages.
Controller A - B status
This field displays the progress of the TFTP download for the Controller
A. Progress messages are as follows:
• Ready for transfer
• Not available
• Transfer in progress
6-226
61189901L1-1B
Section 6, User Interface - Menu Descriptions
Table 6-135. TFTP Download Progress Messages
Progress Message
Description
Contacting Server
This message indicates that an attempt to establish communication
with the TFTP network server specified by the server address in the
TFTP Server IP Address field is in progress.
Timed Out
This message indicates that communication with the TFTP network
server is lost.
Beginning TFTP Transfer
This message indicates that communication with the TFTP network
server is established and the update file is being transferred between
the TFTP network server and the MX3112 system.
Completed
This message indicates that the MX3112 system successfully received
the update file.
File Not Found
This message indicates that the TFTP network server is unable to locate
the specified file name or path in the Remote Filename field.
Access Violation
This status indicates that the TFTP network server denied the MX3112
system access to the given update filename and path. Please verify
appropriate user rights are selected for the specified path.
The TFTP Update Status screen hot key is shown in Table 6-136.
Table 6-136. TFTP Update Status Screen Hot Key
Hot Key
C
Description
Function
Cancel TFTP Transfer
This option cancels the TFTP transfer.
Logout
Selection of the Logout menu item results in an immediate exit from the program, no further
menus, screens, or confirmation dialog boxes are presented.
61189901L1-1B
6-227
MX3112 System Manual
This page is intentionally blank.
6-228
61189901L1-1B
Section 7
Maintenance
INTRODUCTION
The MX3 chassis and MX3112 Controller Card do not require routine maintenance for normal
operation. However, the MX3 Fan Module does require routine maintenance as described in
the “MX3 Fan Module Maintenance” section. Firmware upgrade procedures are also provided.
Do not attempt to make repairs in the field. Repair services can be obtained by returning the
defective unit to ADTRAN. For warranty information, refer to “Appendix A, Warranty”.
MX3 FAN MODULE MAINTENANCE
Replacement filters (P/N 1189009L1) are available and can be ordered separately. This is a
plug-in assembly and can be replaced without powering down the chassis.
Minimal routine maintenance of the MX3 Fan Module is required. The filter should be
inspected for excessive dust at least every 90 days and replaced as needed.
To replace the filter, complete the following steps:
1. Using a flat or phillips-head screwdriver, loosen the screw on the left side of the front
panel of the MX3 Fan Module.
2. Remove the MX3 Fan Module, taking care not to disturb the filter.
3. Remove the old filter, taking care not to allow dust from the filter to enter the system.
4. Install a new filter.
5. Install the MX3 Fan Module back into the MX3 chassis.
6. Tighten the screw to secure the MX3 Fan Module to the MX3 chassis.
61189901L1-1B
7-1
MX3112 System Manual
FIRMWARE UPGRADE PROCEDURES
The MX3112 supports firmware transfers via Y-modem (craft or Telnet menu sessions), TFTP
transfer, and controller-to-controller transfer.
Upgrading a Redundant System
When upgrading a redundant system via Y-modem or TFTP transfer (see Figure 7-1), the
procedure is as follows:
1. Initiate the transfer from the active controller.
2. The transfer begins to both the active and stand-by controllers simultaneously.
3. When the file is received, it is verified for integrity and compatibility with the hardware.
4. The stand-by controller proceeds to program the new firmware, and then reboots
automatically.
5. When the active controller detects a successful reboot of the stand-by controller, the
active controller proceeds to program the new firmware.
6. The user is then requested to manually reboot the active controller.
7. When initiating the reboot of the active controller, a protection switch takes place to the
stand-by controller and the active controller reboots.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Firmware Upgrade->Method
1 - Y-Modem
2 - TFTP
3 - Reset Active Controller (A)
Controller A status: Successful. Manually reset active controller.
Controller B status: Not available
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 7-1. Firmware Upgrade Method Menu
During critical phases of the upgrade procedure, the ACT LED on the front panel becomes
solid amber. It is very important for the system to remain undisturbed during this process.
Removing a controller during a critical phase of this process can corrupt the firmware that
resides on the controller.
7-2
61189901L1-1B
Section 7, Maintenance - Firmware Upgrade Procedures
Controller-to-Controller Transfer
If two controllers are operating redundantly, and one controller has a newer version than the
other, initiate a direct firmware transfer of the newer firmware from one controller to the
other, regardless of which is active. Options become available on the menu as shown below in
Figure 7-2 and Figure 7-3.
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Firmware Upgrade
C
MX3112........ - A [A03]
MX3112........ - B [A02]
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 7-2. Firmware Upgrade Menu
Card: Controller A
ADTRAN MX3112 System
Unacknowledged Alarms: NONE
ID:
MM/DD/YY hh:mm
Site 1 MX3112
MX3112->Firmware Upgrade->Method
1 - Y-Modem
2 - TFTP
3 - Reset Active Controller (A)
4 - Upgrade controller B to version A03
Controller A status: Ready for transfer
Controller B status: Ready for transfer
Note: When transferring via Y-modem or TFTP, the standby
controller will update before the active controller.
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 7-3. Method Menu
61189901L1-1B
7-3
MX3112 System Manual
This page is intentionally blank.
7-4
61189901L1-1B
Appendix A
Warranty
WARRANTY AND CUSTOMER SERVICE
ADTRAN will replace or repair this product within the warranty period if it does not meet the
published specifications or fails while in service. Warranty information can be found at
www.adtran.com/warranty.
Refer to the following subsections for sales, support, Customer and Product Service (CAPS)
requests, or further information.
ADTRAN Sales
Pricing/Availability:
800-827-0807
ADTRAN Technical Support
Pre-Sales Applications/Post-Sales Technical Assistance:
800-726-8663
Standard hours: Monday - Friday, 7 a.m. - 7 p.m. CST
Emergency hours: 7 days/week, 24 hours/day
ADTRAN Repair/CAPS
Return for Repair/Upgrade:
(256) 963-8722
Repair and Return Address
Contact CAPS prior to returning equipment to ADTRAN.
ADTRAN, Inc.
CAPS Department
901 Explorer Boulevard
Huntsville, Alabama 35806-2807
61189901L1-1B
A-1
®
Carrier Networks Division
901 Explorer Blvd.
Huntsville, AL 35806
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising